Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-08-17 15:01:41 +0200 (Wed, 17 Aug 2016)
New Revision: 96281
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cio.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/country.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/gtk.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/installation.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kernel-update-tool.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/linux-user-mgmt.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ncurses-pkg.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ncurses.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/network.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs_server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/packager.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/printer.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/qt-pkg.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/qt.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rear.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/registration.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/s390.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/security.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sshd.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/storage.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sudo.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/support.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/users.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vm.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/wol.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po
Log:
from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 13:58\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:11\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -959,11 +959,11 @@
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr "Wenn die gefilterten Benutzer weiterhin Gruppenmitglieder bleiben sollen, stellen Sie diese Option auf 'false' ein."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft. Geben Sie wahlweise einen absoluten Wert oder eine Vorlage an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr "Legt die Standardvorlage für das Home-Verzeichnis eines Benutzers fest, wenn der Datenanbieter der Domäne nicht explizit eine Vorlage angegeben hat."
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn keine zulässige Shell auf dem Computer installiert ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn der Anbieter bei der Suche keine Shell zurückgibt."
@@ -1012,8 +1012,8 @@
msgstr "Bei allen PAM-Anforderungen, die gestellt werden, während SSSD online ist, versucht der SSSD, die zwischengespeicherten Identitätsdaten des Benutzers sofort zu aktualisieren, damit die Authentifizierung jeweils mit den neuesten Daten erfolgt."
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr "Zeigt n Tage vor Ablauf des Passworts eine Warnung an."
@@ -1145,588 +1145,588 @@
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr "Überschreibt den primären GID-Wert mit dem angegebenen Wert."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr "Beachtet die Groß- und Kleinschreibung bei Benutzer- und Gruppennamen."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr "Wenn ein Benutzer oder eine Gruppe nach dem Namen im Proxy-Anbieter gesucht wird, wird eine zweite Suche nach ID durchgeführt, mit der der Name 'kanonisiert' wird, falls der angeforderte Name ein Alias ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr "Verwendet dieses 'homedir' als Standardwert für alle Subdomänen in dieser Domäne."
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Benutzer, die sich anmelden dürfen."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Gruppen, die sich anmelden dürfen. Dies gilt nur für Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domäne."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Gruppen, denen der Zugriff explizit verwehrt wird. Dies gilt nur für Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domäne."
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr "'base_directory' wird mithilfe der Werkzeuge durch den Anmeldenamen ergänzt und als Home-Verzeichnis verwendet."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr "Gibt an, ob für neue Benutzer standardmäßig ein neues Home-Verzeichnis angelegt werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr "Gibt an, ob ein Home-Verzeichnis für neue Benutzer standardmäßig entfernt werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr "Legt in sss_useradd(8) die Standardberechtigungen für soeben erstellte Home-Verzeichnisse fest."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr "Das Gerüstverzeichnis, in dem sich Dateien und Verzeichnisse befinden, die in das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers kopiert werden sollen, wenn das Home-Verzeichnis mit sss_useradd(8) erstellt wird."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr "Das Mail-Spool-Verzeichnis."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr "Das Kommando, das nach dem Entfernen eines Benutzers ausgeführt wird."
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
msgstr "(Nur für Active Directory) Token-Gruppen-Attribut verwenden, falls verfügbar"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "URIs (ldap://) der LDAP-Server (durch Komma getrennt)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr "Der standardmäßige Basis-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-sudo-Regeln."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) zum Ändern des Passworts eines Benutzers eine Verbindung herstellen soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "Basis-DN für LDAP-Suche"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr "LDAP-Schematyp"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr "Der standardmäßige Bindungs-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-Vorgängen."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "Der Typ des Authentifizierungs-Tokens des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "Das Authentifizierungs-Token des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Benutzereintrags in LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Anmeldenamen eines Benutzers gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur ID des Benutzers gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur primären Gruppen-ID des Benutzers gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum GECOS-Feld des Benutzers gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Namen des Home-Verzeichnisses des Benutzers enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Pfad zur Standard-Shell des Benutzers enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Datum der letzten Passwortänderung) gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (minimales Passwortalter) gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (maximales Passwortalter) gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortwarnung) gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortinaktivität) gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow oder ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Ablaufdatum des Kontos) gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Datum und die Uhrzeit der letzten Passwortänderung in Kerberos gespeichert sind."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Zeitpunkt (Datum und Uhrzeit) gespeichert ist, an dem das aktuelle Passwort abläuft."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Ablaufzeitpunkt des Kontos gespeichert ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Steuerbit-Feld für das Benutzerkonto gespeichert ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds (oder gleichwertig) gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter das Datum an, bis zu dem der Zugriff gewährt wird."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter den Zeitraum (Stunden an Wochentagen) an, in denen der Zugriff gewährt wird."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name) des Benutzers enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die öffentlichen SSH-Schlüssel des Benutzers enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr "Einige Directory-Server, z. B. Active Directory, geben den Bereichsteil der UPN in Kleinbuchstaben zurück, so dass ein Fehler bei der Authentifizierung auftritt."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr "Stellen Sie diese Option auf 'wahr' ein, wenn der Bereich in Großbuchstaben angegeben werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, bevor SSSD den Cache der Datensätze in der Aufzählung aktualisieren soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr "Legt fest, wie oft der Cache auf inaktive Einträge (z. B. Gruppen ohne Mitglieder oder Benutzer, die sich noch nie angemeldet haben) überprüft und diese Einträge entfernt werden sollen, um Platz zu sparen."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum vollständigen Namen des Benutzers gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, in dem die Gruppenmitgliedschaften des Benutzers aufgeführt sind."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'authorizedService' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'host' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Gruppeneintrags in LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Gruppennamen gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur Gruppen-ID gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Gruppenmitglieder enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr "Wenn ldap_schema auf ein Schemaformat eingestellt ist, das verschachtelte Gruppen unterstützt (z. B. RFC2307bis), steuert diese Option die Anzahl der Verschachtelungsebenen, die in SSSD berücksichtigt werden."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die die Gruppensuche in Bereitstellungen mit komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen beschleunigen kann."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die initgroups-Vorgänge beschleunigen kann (insbesondere bei komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr " Die Objektklasse eines Netzgruppeneintrags in LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Netzgruppennamen gehört."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Netzgruppenmitglieder enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Netzwerk-Tripel (Host, Benutzer, Domäne) enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Netzgruppenobjekts enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Service-Eintrags in LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Service-Attribute und ihre Aliasnamen enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den von diesem Service verwalteten Port enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die von diesem Service verarbeiteten Protokolle enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr " Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge nach Benutzer- und Gruppenaufzählungen ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem poll(2)/select(2) nach connect(2) zurückkehren soll, wenn keine Aktivitäten vorliegen."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem Aufrufe synchroner LDAP-APIs abgebrochen werden, wenn keine Antwort empfangen wird."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den eine Verbindung zu einem LDAP-Server beibehalten werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Datensätze an, die in einer einzigen Anfrage aus LDAP abgerufen werden sollen. Bei einigen LDAP-Servern wird eine maximale Anzahl von Datensätzen pro Anforderung erzwungen."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr "Deaktiviert die LDAP-Paging-Steuerung."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr "Bei der Kommunikation mit einem LDAP-Server über SASL: Geben Sie die Sicherheitsstufe an, die zum Aufbauen der Verbindung mindestens erforderlich ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Gruppenmitglieder an, die im internen Cache fehlen müssen, damit eine Dereferenzsuche ausgelöst wird."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr "Serverzertifizierung in LDAP-TLS-Sitzung validieren"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die Zertifikate für alle Zertifizierungsstellen enthält, die in SSSD erkannt werden."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr "Gibt den Pfad eines Verzeichnisses an, das Zertifikate der Zertifizierungsstellen in separaten Dateien enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die das Zertifikat für den Clientschlüssel enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die den Clientschlüssel enthält."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr "Gibt die zulässigen Cipher-Suites an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr "Gibt an, dass die id_provider-Verbindung zum Schutz des Kanals ebenfalls TLS verwenden muss."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr "Gibt an, dass SSSD versuchen soll, die Benutzer- und Gruppen-IDs aus den Attributen 'ldap_user_objectsid' und 'ldap_group_objectsid' zuzuordnen, statt die Werte aus 'ldap_user_uid_number' und 'ldap_group_gid_number' zu übernehmen."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Mechanismus an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende SASL-Autorisierungs-ID an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Bereich an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr "Wenn diese Option auf 'wahr' eingestellt ist, führt die LDAP-Bibliothek eine Rückwärtssuche durch, mit der der Hostname bei einer SASL-Bindung kanonisiert wird."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende Keytab für SASL/GSSAPI an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr "Gibt an, dass der 'id_provider' Kerberos-Anmeldedaten (TGT) initialisieren soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr "Gibt die Lebensdauer (in Sekunden) des TGT an, wenn GSSAPI verwendet wird."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr "Gibt die Richtlinie an, mit der der Passwortablauf auf der Clientseite ausgewertet werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr "Gibt an, ob die automatische Verweisverfolgung aktiviert werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, der verwendet werden soll, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, mit dem ein LDAP-Server aufgefunden werden soll, der Passwortänderungen zulässt, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr "Gibt an, ob das Attribut 'ldap_user_shadow_last_change' mit dem Zeitraum (in Tagen) seit der Epoche nach einer Passwortänderung aktualisiert werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider = ldap und ldap_access_order = filter (Standard) ist diese Option obligatorisch. Hiermit wird ein LDAP-Suchfilterkriterium festgelegt, das der Benutzer erfüllen muss, um Zugriff auf diesen Host zu erhalten."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr " Mit dieser Option kann eine clientseitige Auswertung der Zugriffssteuerungsattribute aktiviert werden."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Zugriffssteuerungsoptionen."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr "Gibt an, wie die Alias-Dereferenzierung während einer Suche vorgenommen werden soll.#"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr "Ermöglicht das Beibehalten lokaler Benutzer als Mitglieder einer LDAP-Gruppe auf Servern, auf denen das RFC2307-Schema verwendet wird."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der Kerberos-Server (durch Komma getrennt)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der Kerberos-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr "Kerbereos-Bereich (z. B. BEISPIEL.DE)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr "Wenn der Passwortänderungs-Service nicht auf dem KDC ausgeführt wird, können hier alternative Server definiert werden."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr "Verzeichnis zum Speichern des Anmeldedaten-Cache."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr "Speicherort des Anmeldedaten-Cache des Benutzers."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr " Zeitraum (in Sekunden), nach dem eine Online-Authentifizierungsanforderung oder eine Passwortänderungsanforderung abgebrochen werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr "Überprüft mithilfe von krb5_keytab, ob das erhaltene TGT frei von Manipulationen ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr "Der Speicherort der zu verwendenden Keytab für die Validierung von Anmeldedaten, die von KDCs abgerufen wurden."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr "Speichert das Passwort des Benutzers, wenn der Anbieter offline ist, und fordert damit ein TGT an, sobald der Anbieter wieder online ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr "Fordert ein erneuerbares Ticket mit einer Gesamtlebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr "Fordert ein Ticket mit einer bestimmten Lebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr "Zeitraum (in Sekunden) zwischen zwei Überprüfungen, ob das TGT erneuert werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr "Ermöglicht FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) für die Kerberos-Vorabauthentifizierung."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr "Gibt den zu verwendenden Server-Principal für FAST an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr "Gibt an, ob der Host- und der Benutzer-Prinzipal kanonisiert werden sollen."
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr "Gibt den Namen der Active Directory-Domäne an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der AD-Server (durch Komma getrennt)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der AD-Server, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr "AD-Hostname (optional) - kann angegeben werden, wenn hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) für diesen Host in AD übereinstimmt."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr " Gibt den unteren Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr "Gibt den oberen Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr "Gibt die Anzahl der verfügbaren IDs für die einzelnen Scheiben an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr "Geben Sie die Domänen-SID der Standarddomäne an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen der Standarddomäne an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr "Ändert das Verhalten des ID-Zuordnungsalgorithmus, so dass er ähnlich wie der winbind-Algorithmus 'idmap_autorid' reagiert."
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr "Gibt den Namen der IPA-Domäne an."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der IPA-Server (durch Komma getrennt)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr "IPA-Hostname (optional) - kann angegeben werden, wenn hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) für diesen Host in IPA übereinstimmt."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "Automounter-Position, die dieser IPA-Client verwenden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, den DNS-Server in FreeIPA 2 mit der IP-Adresse dieses Clients zu aktualisieren."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr "Die TTL, die beim Aktualisieren auf den Client-DNS-Datensatz angewendet werden soll."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr "Geben Sie die Schnittstelle an, deren IP-Adresse für dynamische DNS-Updates verwendet werden soll."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "Dies kann eine Weile dauern"
@@ -49,14 +49,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
-#. in the import call of ServicesManager
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -253,7 +252,7 @@
msgstr "Wählen Sie zuerst eine Datei aus der Tabelle."
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -264,70 +263,46 @@
"</p>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Fortschritt"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr "System gemäß Einstellungen zur automatischen Installation konfigurieren..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Abschnitte im AutoYaST-Profil werden nicht mehr unterstützt:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Ändern Sie die Konfiguration beispielsweise mit <scripts/> oder <files/>."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Abschnitte im AutoYaST-Profil können auf diesem System nicht verarbeitet werden:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Unter Umständen liegt ein Schreibfehler vor, oder der Abschnitt <software/> in Ihrem Profil enthält nicht alle erforderlichen YaST-Pakete."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr "Diese Abschnitte im AutoYaST-Profil können auf diesem System nicht verarbeitet werden:<br><br>%s<br><br>Unter Umständen liegt ein Schreibfehler vor, oder der Abschnitt <software/> in Ihrem Profil enthält nicht alle erforderlichen YaST-Pakete."
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr "%1 wird konfiguriert"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr "%1 wird nicht konfiguriert"
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Post-Installationsskripte werden ausgeführt..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Laufende Dienste werden neu gestartet"
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target aktivieren"
@@ -338,7 +313,7 @@
msgstr "Konfiguration wird abgeschlossen"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Ressource %1 wird verarbeitet"
@@ -398,8 +373,15 @@
"Das Abbild-Skript konnte nicht ausgeführt werden:\n"
"%1"
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif
@@ -407,7 +389,7 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
@@ -416,59 +398,45 @@
"Bitte warten Sie, während das System für die automatische Installation \n"
"vorbereitet wird</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr "Hardware-Erkennung"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr "Steuerdatei abrufen & einlesen"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr "Steuerdatei analysieren"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr "Initiale Konfiguration"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr "System für automatische Installation vorbereiten..."
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr "Testvorlauf"
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr "Hardware wird überprüft..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr "Diese Abschnitte im AutoYaST-Profil werden nicht mehr unterstützt:<br><br>%s<br><br>Ändern Sie die Konfiguration beispielsweise mit <scripts/> oder <files/>."
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr "Steuerdatei analysieren..."
@@ -512,92 +480,120 @@
#. Uwe Gansert
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<p>Bitte warten Sie, während das System für die automatische Installation vorbereitet wird</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "Vorinstallations-Benutzerskripte ausführen"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Allgemeine Optionen konfigurieren"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Sprache einrichten"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "Partitionspläne erstellen"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "Bootloader konfigurieren"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Registrierung"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "Software-Auswahl konfigurieren"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target konfigurieren"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
+msgid "Configure users and groups"
+msgstr "Benutzer und Gruppen konfigurieren"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr "SSH-Schlüssel/-Einstellungen importieren"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr "Lizenz bestätigen"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "Vorinstallations-Benutzerskripte werden ausgeführt..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "Allgemeine Optionen werden konfiguriert..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Sprache wird eingerichtet ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "Partitionspläne werden erstellt..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "Bootloader wird konfiguriert..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "System wird registriert..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "Software-Auswahl wird konfiguriert..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target wird konfiguriert..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
+msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
+msgstr "Benutzer- und Gruppenkonfiguration wird importiert..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr "SSH-Schlüssel/-Einstellungen werden importiert..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr "Lizenz wird bestätigt..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "System für automatische Installation vorbereiten..."
-#. configure general settings
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
+#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
+#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
+#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
+#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
+#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr "Add-on-Produkte werden verwaltet ..."
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Sprache wird konfiguriert..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -605,8 +601,9 @@
"Fehler bei der Konfiguration der Partitionen.\n"
"Bitte erneut versuchen.\n"
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -686,11 +683,11 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr "Software-Auswahl"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -705,19 +702,19 @@
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr "Speicherort der Installationsquelle (z. B. http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr "Die Installationsquelle dieses Systems (wenn Sie dies wählen, können Sie keine Abbilder erstellen)"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr "Benutzung dieser Installationsquelle ist fehlgeschlagen"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr "Paketdatenbank wird eingelesen..."
@@ -969,6 +966,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr "Gerätename der Volume-Gruppe"
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr "Ein benutzerdefiniertes Skript wird ausgeführt. Dies kann eine Weile dauern."
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1582,7 +1584,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "XML wird mit RNG-Validierung überprüft..."
@@ -1592,7 +1594,7 @@
msgstr "Abschnitt %1:"
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "XML wird mit RNC-Validierung überprüft..."
@@ -1631,7 +1633,7 @@
msgstr "Computer nach Stufe Zwei herunterfahren"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "Signaturverarbeitung"
@@ -1978,67 +1980,6 @@
"lediglich nicht formatierte LVM- und RAID-Partitionen anlegen.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll HTTP(S) gefunden werden. Der Server hat Code %2 zurückgegeben."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll FTP gefunden werden. Der Server hat Code %2 zurückgegeben."
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen von Datei %1/%2.\n"
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen der Datei auf %1.\n"
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr "Fehler beim Einhängen von %1."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen einer Datei auf CD. Pfad: %1/%2."
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr "Entfernte Datei %1 kann nicht abgerufen werden"
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr "%1 ist nicht eingehängt und beim Einhängen trat ein Fehler auf"
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr "Datei %1 kann nicht gefunden werden"
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll TFTP gefunden werden."
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll '%1'."
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2306,12 +2247,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "Der XML-Parser hat beim Analysieren Autoyast-Profils einen Fehler gemeldet. Die Fehlermeldung lautet:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2328,45 +2269,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Profil auswählen"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Steuerdatei wird von Diskette abgerufen"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom TFTP-Server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom NFS-Server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom HTTP-Server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom FTP-Server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus der Datei: %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus: /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Steuerdatei wird aus Standardpfad kopiert."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Unbekannte Quelle."
@@ -2376,7 +2317,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2386,7 +2327,7 @@
"<p>Mit einigen Ausnahmen können nahezu alle Ressourcen der Steuerdatei\n"
"mit dem Konfigurationsverwaltungswerkzeug konfiguriert werden.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2400,7 +2341,7 @@
"Installieren eines anderen Systems mit AutoYaST verwendet werden kann.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2435,79 +2376,97 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "Installation bestätigen?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nein"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "Zweite Stufe von AutoYaST"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "Computer wird nach erster Stufe gestoppt"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Computer wird nach Stufe Zwei angehalten"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Computer nach Stufe Zwei neu starten"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Unsignierte Dateien werden akzeptiert"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Unsignierte Dateien werden nicht akzeptiert"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Dateien ohne Prüfsumme werden akzeptiert"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Dateien ohne Prüfsumme werden nicht akzeptiert"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Fehlerhafte Überprüfungen werden akzeptiert"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Fehlerhafte Überprüfungen werden nicht akzeptiert"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "Unbekannte GPG-Schlüssel werden akzeptiert"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "Unbekannte GPG-Schlüssel werden nicht akzeptiert"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "Neue GPG-Schlüssel werden importiert"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "Neue GPG-Schlüssel werden nicht importiert"
+#. NTP syncing
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
+msgid "Syncing time..."
+msgstr "Zeit wird synchronisiert..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
+msgid "Syncing time with %s."
+msgstr "Die Zeit wird mit %s synchronisiert."
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
+msgid "Time syncing failed."
+msgstr "Fehler beim Synchronisieren der Zeit."
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
+msgid "Cannot update system time."
+msgstr "Systemzeit kann nicht aktualisiert werden."
+
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr "Volume-Gruppe %1 kann nicht wiederverwendet werden. Die Volume-Gruppe ist nicht vorhanden."
@@ -2523,72 +2482,72 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Laufwerke"
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] "%s Laufwerk insgesamt"
msgstr[1] "%s Laufwerke insgesamt"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr "Noch nicht geklont."
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Vorinstallationsskripte"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Postinstallationsskripte"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr "Chroot-Skripte"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr "Init-Skripte"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr "Post-Partionierungs-Skripte"
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Vor"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
msgid "Post"
msgstr "Nach"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
msgid "Init"
msgstr "Init"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr "Chroot"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr "Post-Partitionierung"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2598,31 +2557,31 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Das Repository %1 wurde nicht hinzugefügt"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Die Abbilderstellung bei der Schema-Installation ist nicht erfolgt. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Erstellung des Abbilds - Installieren der Pakete"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Das Abbild wurde während der Paketinstallation nicht erstellt. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr "Abbild speichern in ..."
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
@@ -2630,16 +2589,16 @@
"Sie können nun am Abbild in %1 Änderungen vornehmen.\n"
"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche \"OK\" drücken, wird das Abbild komprimiert und kann nicht mehr geändert werden."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Die Abbildkomprimierung in '%1' ist nicht erfolgt. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "Abbild erfolgreich erstellt"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
@@ -2648,30 +2607,30 @@
"Sie können diese Datei mittels 'ls -F > directory.yast' erstellen, falls sie nicht vorhanden ist."
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "'%1' kann nicht gelesen werden. Erneut versuchen?"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "'%1' kann nicht gelesen werden: Fehler bei der ISO-Erstellung"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "ISO-Dateistruktur wird vorbereitet ..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "boot-Konfiguration für die DVD"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "Ok"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2681,43 +2640,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "Speicherung des ISO-Abbilds in ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "ISO-Abbild wird erstellt ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "ISO wurde erfolgreich in %1 erstellt"
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Ausgewählte Schemata"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "Individuell gewählte Pakete"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Zu entfernende Pakete"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "Kernel-Paket erzwingen"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Schemata konnten nicht festgelegt werden: %1."
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "Bei der Ausführung des Paket-Resolver ist ein Fehler aufgetreten. Überprüfen Sie den Software-Abschnitt im autoyast-Profil."
@@ -2763,14 +2722,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Konfigurationsdaten werden gesammelt..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr "Verschlüsseltes AutoYaST-Profil. Geben Sie das Passwort zweimal ein."
@@ -2778,14 +2737,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Abschnitt %1 konnte nicht in Datei %2 geschrieben werden."
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "Verschlüsseltes AutoYaST-Profil. Geben Sie das korrekte Passwort ein."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:11\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -78,79 +78,79 @@
msgstr "Dieses YaST2-Modul unterstützt das Kommandozeilen-Interface nicht."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Mit 'help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Kommandos."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Mit 'yast2 %1 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Kommandos."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "Unbekanntes Kommando: %1"
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "Wert für Option '%1' fehlt."
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "Unbekannte Option für das Kommando: '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "Ungültiger Wert für Option: %1: %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "Ungültiger Wert für Option '%1' -- erwarteter Wert: '%2', erhaltener Wert: %3"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "Die Option '%1' kann keinen Wert besitzen. Angegebener Wert: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Mit '%1 %2 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Optionen."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Mit 'yast2 %1 %2 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Optionen."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "YaST-Konfigurationsmodul: %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "Keine Hilfe verfügbar"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "Kommando '%1'"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
" Optionen:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
" Optionen für den [string]-Typ müssen in der Form 'Option=Wert' geschrieben werden."
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -177,137 +177,137 @@
" Beispiel:"
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "Dies ist ein YaST-Modul."
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "Grundsyntax:"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <Kommando> [verbose] [Optionen]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <Kommando> help"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <Kommando> [Optionen]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <Kommando> help"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "Kommandos:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "Keine Hilfe verfügbar"
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr "Führen Sie 'yast2 %1 <Kommando> help' aus, um eine Liste verfügbarer Optionen zu erhalten."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option."
msgstr "Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') fehlt. Verwenden Sie die Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option."
msgstr "Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') ist leer. Verwenden Sie die Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "oder '%1'"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "Geben Sie das Kommando '%1' an."
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Geben Sie eines der Kommandos an: %1."
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Geben Sie nur eines der Kommandos an: %1."
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Für dieses Modul ist keine Benutzeroberfläche verfügbar."
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initialisierung..."
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "Beenden..."
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Fertig."
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "Verlassen (ohne Änderungen)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "Ja oder nein?"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr "Nein"
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://de.opensuse.org/Fehler/YaST"
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Installationsfehler"
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
msgstr "Entfernen aus Speicherpaket '%s' läuft"
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Für diesen Installationsmodus ist kein Workflow definiert."
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr "Es trat ein interner Fehler während der Integration zusätzlicher Arbeitsabläufe auf."
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "Beim Systemstart"
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manuell"
@@ -555,22 +555,22 @@
msgstr "Über xinetd"
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr "Über &xinetd"
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "Dienst starten"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "Der Service wird ausgeführt."
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "Der Service ist nicht aktiv."
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -602,48 +602,48 @@
"Änderungen und sofortigen Neustart des Dienstes.</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Dienst nun starten"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "Dienst nun anhalten"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "Änderungen speichern und Dienst neu starten"
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Dienst nun &starten"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "Dienst nun an&halten"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "Änderungen &speichern und Dienst nun neu starten"
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "An- und ausschalten"
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Aktueller Status: "
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -654,12 +654,12 @@
"wählen Sie <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP-Unterstützung aktiv"
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP-Unterstützung aktiv"
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "A&b"
@@ -721,12 +721,12 @@
msgstr "Die angegebene Datei existiert bereits. Neu schreiben?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "Die TSIG-Schlüssel-ID wurde nicht angegeben."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
"Wollen Sie ihn entfernen?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -745,27 +745,27 @@
"Wollen Sie ihn entfernen?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "Der Schlüssel wird nun erzeugt. Fortfahren?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "Das Erstellen des TSIG-Schlüssels ist fehlgeschlagen."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "Die angegebene Datei existiert nicht."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "Die angegebene Datei enthält keinen TSIG-Schlüssel."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@
"Alte Schlüssel werden entfernt. Fortfahren?"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@
"In diesem Dialog können Sie die TSIG-Schlüssel verwalten.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@
"die den Schlüssel enthält, und klicken Sie auf <b>Hinzufügen</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@
"<b>Erzeugen</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -827,27 +827,27 @@
"in der Konfiguration stoppen.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "Bestehenden TSIG-Schlüssel hinzufügen"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "Neuen TSIG-Schlüssel erzeugen"
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "&Schlüssel-ID"
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "&Erzeugen"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "Aktuelle TSIG-Schlüssel"
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -863,22 +863,22 @@
msgstr "Schlüssel-ID"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Dateiname"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "Ge&wählte Option"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "Aktuelle Option: "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "Die gewählte Option ist bereits vorhanden."
@@ -943,19 +943,19 @@
"oben oder nach unten verschieben.</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "&Andere"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "Das Gerät ist nicht konfiguriert"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "Wählen Sie <B>Bearbeiten</B>, um die Konfiguration durchzuführen"
@@ -1127,9 +1127,8 @@
msgid "Service Status"
msgstr "Dienststatus"
-#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
#. Content for the help
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
@@ -1146,36 +1145,36 @@
"Mit dieser Option wird der Dienst beim Booten des Systems aktiviert. Wenn die Option deaktiviert ist, wird der Dienst entsprechend deaktiviert. Dies wirkt sich nicht auf den aktuellen Status des Dienstes im bereits ausgeführten System aus.</p>\n"
#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
msgid "Current status:"
msgstr "Aktueller Status:"
#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
msgid "Start During System Boot"
msgstr "Beim Booten des Systems starten"
#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
msgid "running"
msgstr "wird ausgeführt"
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
msgid "Stop now"
msgstr "Jetzt anhalten"
#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
msgid "stopped"
msgstr "angehalten"
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
msgid "Start now"
msgstr "Jetzt starten"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1185,7 +1184,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1195,7 +1194,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1396,7 +1395,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passwort"
@@ -1715,7 +1714,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
@@ -1726,7 +1725,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nein"
@@ -1790,19 +1789,19 @@
msgstr "Fehler protokollieren: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr "Warnung:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
msgid "Error:"
msgstr "Fehler:"
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
msgid "Message:"
msgstr "Meldung:"
@@ -1855,7 +1854,7 @@
msgstr "&Löschen"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "&Variable"
@@ -1951,7 +1950,7 @@
msgstr "Passwortsatz eingeben"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr "Passwortsatz zum Entsperren von GPG-Schlüssel %1 eingeben:"
@@ -2057,6 +2056,232 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "Beim Lesen des Protokolls trat ein Fehler auf."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr "Unbekannte Zone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Die Schnittstelle '%1' ist keiner Firewall-Zone zugewiesen.\n"
+"Starten Sie YaST2 Firewall und nehmen Sie eine\n"
+"Zuweisung vor.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr "Externe Zone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr "Interne Zone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr "Entmilitarisierte Zone"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr "TCP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr "UDP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr "RPC"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr "IP"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Schnittstelle '%1' ist in mehreren Firewall-Zonen vorhanden.\n"
+"Wenn Sie mit der Konfiguration fortfahren, können Fehler auftreten.\n"
+"\n"
+"Es wird empfohlen, die Konfiguration zu verlassen und eine manuelle Reparatur\n"
+"in der Datei '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall' vorzunehmen."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialisierung der Firewall-Konfiguration"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr "Nach Netzwerkgeräten überprüfen"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr "Nach möglichen Konflikten der Dienste überprüfen"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr "Nach Netzwerkgeräten überprüfen..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr "Überprüfen möglicher Konflikte der Dienste..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration der Firewall schreiben"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr "Firewall-Dienst anpassen"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr "Firewall-Dienst wird angepasst..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr "Einstellungen konnten nicht geschrieben werden"
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll (%1)"
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr "Der Service mit dem Namen '%{service_name}' ist nicht vorhanden"
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr "Service: %{filename}"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr "Blockzone"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr "Löschzone"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr "Private Zone"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr "Öffentliche Zone"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr "Verbürgte Zone"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr "Arbeitszone"
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr "Der Dienst %{service_name}"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr "Unbekannter Dienst '%1'"
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
@@ -2098,13 +2323,13 @@
msgstr "Schnittstelle wurde keiner Zone zugewiesen"
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "&Netzwerkschnittstellen mit offenem Firewall-Port"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2113,7 +2338,7 @@
"%1\n"
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2126,7 +2351,7 @@
"Fortfahren?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2142,8 +2367,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2158,22 +2383,22 @@
"Fortfahren?"
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Netzwerk&schnittstellen mit offenem Firewall-Port"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "A&lles selektieren"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "&Keinen wählen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2182,7 +2407,7 @@
"%{details}"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2192,7 +2417,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2206,7 +2431,7 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2215,7 +2440,7 @@
"werden soll, klicken Sie auf <b>%2</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2224,46 +2449,46 @@
"aktiviert ist.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Firewall-Port öffnen"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "Firewall-Details"
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "&Firewall-Port öffnen"
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "Firewall-&Details..."
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen"
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
+msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen für %{firewall}"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "Firewall ist offen"
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Netzwerkkarte"
@@ -2271,27 +2496,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"
@@ -2301,389 +2526,389 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Adresse"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "Arcnet Netzwerkkarte"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Bluetooth-Verbindung"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr "Bond"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Bond-Netzwerk"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN-Karte"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "Channel-to-Channel Interface (CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL-Verbindung"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Dummy"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Dummy-Netzwerkgerät"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Ethernet-Netzwerkkarte"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI-Netzwerkkarte"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN-Verbindung"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Infrarot-Netzwerkgerät"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Infrarot-Gerät"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS-Netzwerkkarte"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "Loopback"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "Schleifenrücklaufgerät"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet-Netzwerkkarte"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Parallel-Port"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Verbindung am Parallel-Port"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA-Express oder QDIO Device (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Serieller Anschluss"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Verbindung am seriellen Anschluss"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token-Ring"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Token-Ring-Netzwerkkarte"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB-Netzwerkgerät"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare-Netzwerk-Device"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Drahtlos"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Drahtlose Netzwerkkarte"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP-Netzwerk"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Virtuelles LAN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Bridge"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Netzwerk-Bridge"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "TUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "NetzwerkTUNnel"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "TAP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Netzwerk-TAP"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "InfiniBand-Gerät"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Gerät unbekannt"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-Adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Keine IP-Adresse zugewiesen"
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "Gerätetyp"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Gerätename"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-Adresse"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Geräte-ID"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Verbunden"
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "Suche nach Rechnern in diesem LAN..."
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "&NFS-Server"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "&Entfernte Rechner"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "Exportierte &Verzeichnisse"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2698,7 +2923,7 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
@@ -2708,7 +2933,7 @@
"Starten Sie die Installation neu und konfigurieren Sie ein Netzwerk in Linuxrc\n"
"oder fahren Sie ohne Netzwerk fort."
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2731,143 +2956,6 @@
"Eine Portnummer kann eine Nummer von 0 bis 65535 sein.\n"
"Es sind keine Leerzeichen erlaubt.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr "Externe Zone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr "Interne Zone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr "Entmilitarisierte Zone"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr "TCP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr "UDP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr "RPC"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr "IP"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr "Unbekannte Zone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Schnittstelle '%1' ist in mehreren Firewall-Zonen vorhanden.\n"
-"Wenn Sie mit der Konfiguration fortfahren, können Fehler auftreten.\n"
-"\n"
-"Es wird empfohlen, die Konfiguration zu verlassen und eine manuelle Reparatur\n"
-"in der Datei '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall' vorzunehmen."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Die Schnittstelle '%1' ist keiner Firewall-Zone zugewiesen.\n"
-"Starten Sie YaST2 Firewall und nehmen Sie eine\n"
-"Zuweisung vor.\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialisierung der Firewall-Konfiguration"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr "Nach Netzwerkgeräten überprüfen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr "Nach möglichen Konflikten der Dienste überprüfen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr "Nach Netzwerkgeräten überprüfen..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr "Überprüfen möglicher Konflikte der Dienste..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguration der Firewall schreiben"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr "Firewall-Dienst anpassen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr "Firewall-Dienst wird angepasst..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr "Einstellungen konnten nicht geschrieben werden"
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll (%1)"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2954,62 +3042,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr "Sie installieren ein System über ein iSCSI-Target, haben jedoch nicht die erforderlichen Ports der Firewall geöffnet."
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
-#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. @api private
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. {
-#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
-#. }
-#. )
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr "Der Service mit dem Namen '%{service_name}' ist nicht vorhanden"
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr "Service: %{filename}"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr "Unbekannter Dienst '%1'"
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Folgende Pakete müssen installiert werden:"
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -3024,17 +3064,17 @@
msgstr "&Deinstallieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
msgstr "Überprüfung auf Dateikonflikte läuft..."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Die Erkennung der Dateikonflikte wird ausgeführt.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
msgid ""
"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
"\n"
@@ -3045,7 +3085,7 @@
"%s"
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
msgid ""
"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
@@ -3056,7 +3096,7 @@
"den Vorgang fortsetzen, werden die im Konflikt stehenden Dateien ersetzt, wobei der bisherige Inhalt verloren geht."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
msgstr[0] "Dateikonflikt erkannt"
@@ -3108,7 +3148,7 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Fehler: %1:"
@@ -3232,7 +3272,7 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Automatisches Aktualisieren überspringen"
@@ -3318,7 +3358,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Wiederholen?"
@@ -3370,7 +3410,7 @@
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Paket:"
@@ -3436,24 +3476,24 @@
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Herunterladen von: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Paketdatenbank prüfen"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Paketdatenbank wird neu aufgebaut. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3462,16 +3502,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Konvertierung der Paketdatenbank. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3480,12 +3520,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "RPM-Datenbank einlesen..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Installierte Pakete einlesen"
@@ -3496,27 +3536,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "RPM-Datenbank absuchen..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Initialisierung des Ziels ist fehlgeschlagen."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "RPM-Datenbank lesen"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Benutzerauthentifizierung"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3527,20 +3567,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Benutzername"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "&Details anzeigen"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Größe:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Verbleibende Zeit bis zum nächsten automatischen Versuch: %1"
@@ -3618,12 +3658,12 @@
"über die Softwareverwaltung gelöst werden müssen."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Installieren der benötigten Pakete schlug fehl."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3809,7 +3849,7 @@
#. display installation log
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Installationsprotokoll"
@@ -3822,44 +3862,44 @@
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Nach dem Installieren der Pakete"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr "Diesen Bericht anzeigen"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Fertig stellen"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Im Software-Manager fortsetzen"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installationsbericht</B></BIG><BR>Die nachfolgenden Pakete wurden installiert oder entfernt.</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Installationsbericht"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Installierte Pakete"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Aktualisierte Pakete"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Entfernte Pakete"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Verbleibende Pakete"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3876,7 +3916,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3897,7 +3937,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3916,16 +3956,16 @@
"Trotzdem verwenden?\n"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr "Unsigniertes Paket"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr "Unsignierte Datei"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3942,7 +3982,7 @@
"Trotzdem installieren?\n"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3959,62 +3999,62 @@
"Trotzdem verwenden?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr "Keine Prüfsumme gefunden"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "ID: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "Fingerabdruck: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "Name: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "Erstellt: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr "Abgelaufen: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "ID: "
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "Name:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Fingerabdruck:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "Erstellt: "
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr "Ablauf: "
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -4037,7 +4077,7 @@
"Trotzdem installieren?\n"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -4060,12 +4100,12 @@
"Trotzdem verwenden?\n"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "Fehler bei der Validitätsprüfung"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4086,7 +4126,7 @@
"Trotzdem installieren?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4107,12 +4147,12 @@
"Trotzdem verwenden?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Unbekannter GnuPG-Schlüssel"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -4134,7 +4174,7 @@
"die Integrität des Systems gefährdet werden. Am sichersten ist es, das Paket zu überspringen.\n"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -4157,17 +4197,17 @@
"die Datei zu überspringen.\n"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr "Signiert mit nicht verbürgtem öffentlichem Schlüssel"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr "&Schlüssel vertrauen und importieren"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4182,7 +4222,7 @@
"einen gewissen Grad an Kontrolle über die Software in Ihrem System.</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -4193,7 +4233,7 @@
"werden Pakete oder Repositorys, die vom Eigentümer des Schlüssels erstellt wurden, nicht verwendet.</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -4204,7 +4244,7 @@
"(%2):"
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4217,23 +4257,23 @@
"der Schlüssel wirklich diesem Eigentümer gehört."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr "WARNUNG: Der Schlüssel ist abgelaufen!"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Nicht verbürgten GnuPG-Schlüssel importieren"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr "Ver&trauen"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4256,12 +4296,12 @@
"Trotzdem verwenden?\n"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Falscher Digest"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4282,7 +4322,7 @@
"Trotzdem verwenden?\n"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Unbekannter Digest"
@@ -4336,31 +4376,31 @@
#. tab
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
+msgstr "&Details"
+
+#. tab
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "&Diashow"
-#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
-msgid "&Details"
-msgstr "&Details"
-
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "Aktualisierung wird durchgeführt"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Installation wird durchgeführt"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Paketinstallation"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4369,7 +4409,7 @@
"beenden möchten?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Abgebrochen"
@@ -4977,8 +5017,17 @@
"Abbruch-Code: %{exitcode}\n"
"Fehlerausgabe: %{stderr}"
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
+msgid ""
+"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes"
+msgstr ""
+"Die Dateien %1 wurden manuell geändert.\n"
+"YaST verliert möglicherweise einige der Änderungen"
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
msgid ""
"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
@@ -4986,34 +5035,23 @@
"Datei %1 wurde manuell geändert.\n"
"YaST könnte einige der Änderungen verlieren.\n"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes"
-msgstr ""
-"Die Dateien %1 wurden manuell geändert.\n"
-"YaST verliert möglicherweise einige der Änderungen"
-
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "Diese Meldung nicht mehr anzeigen"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
-msgstr ""
+msgid_plural ""
+"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose these files."
+msgstr[0] ""
"Die Datei %s wurde manuell erstellt.\n"
"Diese Datei geht unter Umständen in YaST verloren."
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-msgid ""
-"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr[1] ""
"Die Dateien %s wurden manuell erstellt.\n"
"Diese Dateien gehen unter Umständen in YaST verloren."
@@ -5023,7 +5061,7 @@
msgstr "Beim Erzeugen von initrd trat ein Fehler auf."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5151,13 +5189,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr "%1/s"
@@ -5240,8 +5278,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
msgid "Module"
msgstr "Modul"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -15,96 +15,54 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr "Konfigurationsmodul des Bootloaders"
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
-msgstr "Konfigurationszusammenfassung des Bootloaders"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
+msgstr "Bei der Bootpartition handelt es sich um eine NFS-Partition. Der Bootloader kann nicht installiert werden."
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
-msgstr "Globale Option oder Abschnittsoption löschen"
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
+msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen"
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
-msgstr "Globale Option oder Abschnittsoption festlegen"
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "Device-map muss zumindest ein Gerät enthalten"
-#. command line help text for add action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
-msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
-msgstr "Neuen Abschnitt hinzufügen - verwenden Sie den interaktiven Modus"
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge-Einstellungen"
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
-msgstr "Wert der spezifizierten Option drucken"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "&Festplatten"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The name of the section"
-msgstr "Name des Abschnitts"
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "&Gerät"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
-msgid "The key of the option"
-msgstr "Der Optionsschlüssel"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr "Die ausgewählte Bootloader-Partition %s ist nicht mehr verfügbar."
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
-msgid "The value of the option"
-msgstr "Der Optionswert"
-
-#. command line error report, %1 is section name
-#. command line error report, %1 is section name
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
-msgid "Section %1 not found."
-msgstr "Abschnitt %1 wurde nicht gefunden."
-
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
-msgid "Value was not specified."
-msgstr "Der Wert wurde nicht spezifiziert."
-
-#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
-#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
-#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
-msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-msgstr "Option 'Hinzufügen' ist nur im interaktiven Kommandozeilenmodus verfügbar"
-
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
-msgid "Section name must be specified."
-msgstr "Der Abschnittsname muss spezifiziert werden."
-
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
-msgid "Option was not specified."
-msgstr "Die Option wurde nicht spezifiziert."
-
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
-msgstr "Die spezifizierte Option ist nicht vorhanden."
-
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
-msgid "Value: %1"
-msgstr "Wert: %1"
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration wird gespeichert ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
msgid ""
"\n"
"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
@@ -120,1314 +78,274 @@
#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
#. Message that will be displayed along with information
#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "Das System wird nun neu gestartet..."
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr ""
-"Es wurde kein Bootloader für die Installation gewählt.\n"
-"Ihr System wird sich möglicherweise nicht starten lassen."
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
+msgstr "&Bootloader"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "Aufgrund der Partitionierung kann der Bootloader nicht richtig installiert werden."
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
+msgstr "GRUB2"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "Systemstart"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
+msgstr "GRUB2 für EFI"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "S&ystemstart..."
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
+msgstr "Nicht verwaltet"
-#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
-msgid "Disk Order"
-msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr "Standard"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge-Einstellungen"
-
-#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
-msgid "Boot Menu"
-msgstr "Bootmenü"
-
-#. `VSpacing(1),
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "Bootloader-Optionen"
-
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><big><b>Bootmenü</b></big><br></p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Aktiv-Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen</b><br>\n"
-"Zum Aktivieren der Partition, die den Bootloader enthält. Die aktive Partition wird dann durch\n"
-"den generischen MBR-Code gebootet. Bei älteren BIOS-Versionen muss auch dann eine Partition aktiv sein,\n"
-"wenn der Bootloader im MBR installiert ist.</p>"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie keinen Bootloader installieren, kann das\n"
+"System möglicherweise nicht starten.\n"
+" \n"
+" Möchten Sie fortfahren?\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Zeitüberschreitung in Sekunden</b><br>\n"
-"Gibt an, wie lange der Bootloader bis zum Laden des Standardkernels wartet.</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>Bootloader-Typ</b></big><br>\n"
+"Um auszuwählen, ob ein Bootloader installiert werden soll und welcher Bootloader installiert wird,\n"
+"verwenden Sie <b>Bootloader</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> Durch Klicken auf <b>Als Standard festlegen</b> wird der ausgewählte \n"
-"Abschnitt als Standard festgelegt. Beim Booten stellt der Bootloader ein \n"
-"Boot-Menü bereit und wartet darauf, dass der Benutzer einen Kernel oder ein anderes Betriebssystem \n"
-"zum Booten auswählt. Wenn vor Ablauf der Zeitüberschreitung keine Taste gedrückt wird, wird der Standard-Kernel \n"
-"oder das Standardbetriebssystem gebootet. Die Reihenfolge der Abschnitte im Bootloader-\n"
-"Menü kann mit den Tasten <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b> geändert werden.</p>\n"
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
+msgstr "Bootloader-Typ: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben</b>Sie können den Master-Boot-Record der Festplatte durch generischen Code ersetzen (betriebssystemunabhängiger Code, mit dem\n"
-"die aktive Partition gebootet wird).</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
+msgstr "Trusted Boot aktivieren: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aus Bootpartition booten</b> ist eine der empfohlenen Optionen,\n"
-"<b>Aus Root-Partition booten</b> die andere.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "Ja"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
-"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Verbürgten GRUB verwenden</b> bedeutet, dass ein verbürgter GRUB installiert und verwendet werden soll. Die Option <i>Datei für grafisches Menü</i> wird ignoriert.\n"
-"Es wird empfohlen, GRUB in MBR zu installieren.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "Nein"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Von der Verwendung von <b>Aus Master Boot Record booten</b> wird abgeraten, wenn auf dem Computer\n"
-"ein weiteres Betriebssystem installiert ist</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
+msgstr "Status-Speicherort: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aus Root-Partition booten</b> wird empfohlen, wenn eine geeignete Partition \n"
-"vorhanden ist. Sie können entweder unter <b>Bootloader-Optionen</b> die Optionen <b>Aktives Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition festlegen</b>\n"
-" und <b>Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben</b> auswählen, um im Bedarfsfall den Master Boot Record zu aktualisieren, oder einen anderen Bootmanager\n"
-" zum Starten dieses Abschnitts konfigurieren.</p>"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
+msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Neustart aus erweiterter Partition</b> sollte ausgewählt sein, wenn Ihre root-Partition sich auf der \n"
-"logischen Partition befindet und die /boot-Partition fehlt</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
+msgstr " (erweitert)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Benutzerdefinierte Bootpartition</b> können Sie die Partition auswählen, von der gebootet werden soll.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
+msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>MD-Array wird aus 2 Festplatten erstellt. <b>Redundanz für MD-Array aktivieren</b>\n"
-"Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um GRUB in den MBR von beiden Festplatten zu schreiben.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode in MBR installieren (nicht installieren</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Mit <b>Parameter der seriellen Verbindung</b> können Sie die für eine serielle Konsole\n"
-"zu verwendenden Parameter bestimmen. Details finden Sie in der GRUB-Dokumentation (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode nicht in MBR installieren (installieren</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Terminaldefinition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Definiert den Typ des Terminals, das Sie verwenden möchten. Für ein serielles Terminal (z.B. eine serielle Konsole)\n"
-" muss <code>serial</code> angegeben werden. Sie können auch <code>console</code> an das\n"
-" Kommando übergeben, beispielsweise <code>serial console</code>. In diesem Fall wird ein Terminal, auf dem\n"
-" Sie eine beliebige Taste drücken, als GRUB-Terminal ausgewählt.</p>"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-Partition installieren (nicht installieren</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Fallback-Abschnitte falls Fehler bei Standard</b> enthält eine Liste der Abschnittsnummern,\n"
-"die zumBooten verwendet werden, wenn das Booten des standardmäßigen Abschnitts nicht möglich ist.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode nicht in /boot-Partition installieren (installieren</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bei Auswahl von <b>Menü beim Booten ausblenden</b> wird das Bootmenü ausgeblendet.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-Partition installieren (nicht installieren</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
-msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Datei für grafisches Menü</b> definiert die Datei, die als grafisches Bootmenü verwendet werden soll.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
+msgstr "Den Bootcode nicht in die Partition \"/\" installieren (installieren</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
-msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Akustische Signale aktivieren</b> akustische Signale ein-/ausschalten.</p>"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "Warnung: Kein Speicherort für Bootloader-Stufe 1 ausgewählt. Wenn Sie nicht über Expertenkenntnisse verfügen, wählen Sie den obigen Speicherort aus."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Passwort für die Menüschnittstelle</b><br>\n"
-"Legen Sie das Passwort fest, das für den Zugriff auf das Bootmenü eingegeben werden muss. YaST akzeptiert das Passwort nur, wenn Sie es\n"
-"in <b>Passwort wiederholen</b> erneut eingeben.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
+msgstr "Speicherort ändern: %s"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+msgstr "Zei&tüberschreitung in Sekunden"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Platten-Reihenfolge</b></big><br>\n"
-"Um die Plattenreihenfolge entsprechend der BIOS-Ordnung anzugeben, benutzen Sie die\n"
-"Schaltflächen <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b>; um die Reihenfolge zu ändern.\n"
-"Zum Hinzufügen einer Platte wählen Sie <b>Hinzufügen</b>.\n"
-"zum Entfernen <b>Entfernen</b>.</p>"
+"<p><b>Zeitüberschreitung in Sekunden</b><br>\n"
+"Gibt an, wie lange der Bootloader bis zum Laden des Standardkernels wartet.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
-msgstr "Speicherorte des Bootloaders"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "&Aktiv-Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
-msgstr "Zei&tüberschreitung in Sekunden"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<b>Aktiv-Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen</b><br>\n"
+"Zum Aktivieren der Partition, die den Bootloader enthält. Die aktive Partition wird dann durch\n"
+"den generischen MBR-Code gebootet. Bei älteren BIOS-Versionen muss auch dann eine Partition aktiv sein,\n"
+"wenn der Bootloader im MBR installiert ist.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
-msgstr "Standar&d-Bootabschnitt"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "&Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
-msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
-msgstr "&Trusted-GRUB verwenden"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben</b>Sie können den Master-Boot-Record der Festplatte durch generischen Code ersetzen (betriebssystemunabhängiger Code, mit dem\n"
+"die aktive Partition gebootet wird).</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Bootpartition"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Aus Master Boot Record booten"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
-msgstr "Aus Root-Partition booten"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Aus Bootpartition booten"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Neustart aus erweiterter Partition"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
-msgstr "&Parameter der seriellen Verbindung"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
-msgstr "Fallback-Abschnitte falls Fehler bei Standard"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "Menü beim Booten ver&bergen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
-msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
-msgstr "Datei für grafisches &Menü"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bei Auswahl von <b>Menü beim Booten ausblenden</b> wird das Bootmenü ausgeblendet.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
-msgstr "Pa&sswort für die Menüschnittstelle"
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
+msgstr "Fremdes OS &testen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
-msgstr "Flag für D&urchführung der Fehlersuche"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>fremde OS testen</b> durch os-prober zwecks Multiboot mit weiteren fremden Distributionen </p>"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
-#. and installation
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Jiri Srain
-#. Joachim Plack
-#. Olaf Dabrunz
-#. Philipp Thomas
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
-msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
-msgstr "Neue Datei für grafisches Menü wählen"
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
+msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "O&ptionaler Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile"
-#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
-msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
-msgstr "Akustische &Signale aktivieren"
-
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
-msgstr "Bootload&er durch Passwort schützen"
-
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "&Passwort"
-
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
-msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr "Passwor&t wiederholen"
-
-#. Common widget of a console
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "&Serielle Konsole benutzen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "&Konsolen-Argumente"
-
-#. textentry header
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "&Gerät"
-
-#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "Device-map muss zumindest ein Gerät enthalten"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "&Festplatten"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
-msgid "&Up"
-msgstr "A&uf"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
-msgid "&Down"
-msgstr "A&b"
-
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr "Aus &Root-Partition starten"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Aus Boo&tpartition starten"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "Speicherort des Bootloaders"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Aus &Master-Boot-Record starten"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Aus &erweiterter Partition starten"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Ben&utzerdefinierte Bootpartition"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
-msgstr "Red&undanz für MD-Array aktivieren"
-
-#. push button
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "&Details zur Bootloader-Installation"
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr "Bootcode-Optionen"
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr "Kernel-Parameter"
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr "Bootloader-Optionen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
-msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr "Secure Boot"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
-msgstr "&Secure Boot Unterstützung aktivieren"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr "Boot&loader-Speicherort"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie die Partition aus, auf der die Bootsequenz installiert ist."
-
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Optionaler Parameter für Kernel-Kommandozeile</b> können zusätzliche Parameter definiert werden, die an den Kernel übergeben werden sollen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>VGA-Modus</b> definiert den VGA-Modus für die <i>Konsole</i>, den der Kernel beim Booten festlegen soll.</p>"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr "Flag für ge&schützten MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Failsafe-Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile</b> können zusätzliche Parameter für den abgesicherten Modus festgelegt werden, die an den Kernel übergeben werden sollen.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>fremde OS testen</b> durch os-prober zwecks Multiboot mit weiteren fremden Distributionen </p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Die Einstellung <b>Flag für geschützten MBR</b> ist Experten vorbehalten und nur bei selten verwendeter Hardware erforderlich. Weitere Informationen finden Sie auf den GPT-Datenträgern im Kapitel zu geschützten MBRs. Verändern Sie diese Einstellung nicht, wenn Sie unsicher sind.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Distributor</b> ist der Name des Distributors des Kernels, mit dem der Booteintragsname erstellt wird. </p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
-msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr "O&ptionaler Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
-msgid "D&istributor"
-msgstr "D&istributor"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr "&VGA-Modus"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
-msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr "&Failsafe-Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
-msgstr "Fremdes OS testen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
-msgstr "Flag für geschützten MBR"
-
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr "%1x%2, %3 Bit (Modus %4)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr "Standard 8-Pixel-Schriftmodus"
-
-#. item of a combo box
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr "Textmodus"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr "Unspezifiert."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
msgid "set"
msgstr "setzen"
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
msgid "remove"
msgstr "entfernen"
#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
msgid "do not change"
msgstr "nicht ändern"
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
-msgstr "Automatisch durch grub2 erkannt"
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+msgstr "&Secure Boot Unterstützung aktivieren"
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
-msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
-msgstr "Neue Datei mit grafischeḿ Thema wählen"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
+msgstr "Zur Aktivierung von UEFI Secure Boot auswählen\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
-msgid "Use &graphical console"
-msgstr "&Grafik-Konsole benutzen"
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
+msgstr "Unterstützung für &Trusted Boot aktivieren"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
-msgid "&Console resolution"
-msgstr "Konsolen&auflösung"
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
+msgstr "<b>Trusted Boot</b> installiert TrustedGRUB2 (anstatt des normalen GRUB2).\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
-msgid "&Console theme"
-msgstr "&Konsolen-Thema"
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+msgstr "Bootload&er durch Passwort schützen"
-#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr "Nicht unterstützter Bootloader '%s'. Passen Sie Ihr AutoYaST-Profil entsprechend an."
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr "&Nur Eintragsänderungen schützen"
-#. file open popup caption
-#. file open popup caption
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
-msgid "Select File"
-msgstr "Datei wählen"
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
+msgstr "&Passwort für GRUB2-Benutzer 'root'"
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr "Bei der Bootpartition handelt es sich um eine NFS-Partition. Der Bootloader kann nicht installiert werden."
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
+msgstr "Passwor&t wiederholen"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen"
-
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr "Für den aktuellen Bootloader können keine Optionen festgelegt werden."
-
-#. heading
-#. heading
-#. heading
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
-msgid "Kernel Section"
-msgstr "Kernel-Abschnitt"
-
-#. frame
-#. frame
-#. frame
-#. frame
-#. frame
-#. frame
-#. frame
-#. frame
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
-msgid "Section Settings"
-msgstr "Abschnittseinstellungen"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen: Abschnittsverwaltung"
-
-#. heading
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
-msgid "Xen Section"
-msgstr "Xen-Abschnitt"
-
-#. heading
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
-msgid "Menu Section"
-msgstr "Menüabschnitt"
-
-#. heading
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
-msgid "Dump Section"
-msgstr "Dump-Abschnitt"
-
-#. label
-#. label
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
-msgid "Other System Section"
-msgstr "Anderer Systemabschnitt"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
-msgid "&Filename"
-msgstr "&Dateiname"
-
-#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
-msgid "Filename: %1"
-msgstr "Dateiname: %1"
-
-#. multiline edit header
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
-msgid "Fi&le Contents"
-msgstr "Inhalte der &Datei"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
-msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
-msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration für Experten"
-
-#. sections list widget
-#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
-#. @param [Array Object>}] sects list of current sections
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Andere"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
-msgid "Image"
-msgstr "Image"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
-msgid "Xen"
-msgstr "Xen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
-msgid "Floppy"
-msgstr "Diskette"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
-msgid "Menu"
-msgstr "Menü"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
-msgid "Dump"
-msgstr "Dump"
-
-#. table header, Def stands for default
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
-msgid "Def."
-msgstr "Def."
-
-#. table header
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Label"
-msgstr "Bezeichnung"
-
-#. table header
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr "Typ"
-
-#. table header; header for section details, either
-#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
-#. or the specification of device to boot from
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
-msgid "Image / Device"
-msgstr "Image / Gerät"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
-msgid "Set as De&fault"
-msgstr "Als Stan&dard festlegen"
-
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr "&Bootloader"
-
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie keinen Bootloader installieren, kann das\n"
-"System möglicherweise nicht starten.\n"
-" \n"
-" Möchten Sie fortfahren?\n"
-
-#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
-"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
-"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
-"\n"
-"Select a course of action:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Sie möchten den Bootloader wechseln. Beim Konvertieren der \n"
-"Konfiguration können einige Einstellungen verloren gehen.\n"
-"\n"
-" Die aktuelle Konfiguration wird gespeichert und kann wiederhergestellt\n"
-"werden, wenn Sie zum aktuellen Bootloader zurückkehren.\n"
-"\n"
-" Wählen Sie eine Vorgehensweise:\n"
-
-#. radiobutton
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr "Neue Konfiguration &vorschlagen"
-
-#. radiobutton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
-msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
-msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration &konvertieren"
-
-#. radiobutton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
-msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
-msgstr "Neue Konfiguration ohne Vorschlag er&stellen"
-
-#. radiobutton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
-msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
-msgstr "Auf Festplatte gespeicherte Konfiguration &einlesen"
-
-#. radiobutton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
-msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
-msgstr "Vor der Konvertierung gespeicherte Konfiguration &wiederherstellen"
-
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
-msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie vor dem Bearbeiten von Abschnitten den Bootloader aus."
-
-#. pushbutton
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien &bearbeiten"
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr "Neue Konfiguration ohne Vorschlag er&stellen"
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr "Konfiguration &neu von Festplatte einlesen"
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr "MBR von Festplatte wiederherstellen"
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr "Bootloader-Bootcode auf Datenträger schreiben"
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr "MBR erfolgreich wiederhergestellt."
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr "MBR konnte nicht wiederhergestellt werden."
-
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr "Das Schreiben der Bootloader-Einstellungen ist fehlgeschlagen."
-
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
-msgid "&Section Management"
-msgstr "&Abschnittsverwaltung"
-
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
-msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-msgstr "Bootloader-&Installation"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr "Boot&loader-Optionen"
-
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Bootloader-Konfigurationstool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Sie können die Einstellungen für Ihren Bootloader ändern.</P>"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Please wait...<br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Bootloader-Konfiguration wird gespeichert</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Bitte warten...<br></p>"
-
-#. help text, optional part of following
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
-"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie mehrere Linux-Systeme installiert haben,\n"
-"kann YaST diese suchen und ihre Menüs zusammenführen."
-
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Über die Schaltfläche <B>Andere</B> können Sie\n"
-"die Bootloader-Konfigurationsdateien manuell bearbeiten, die aktuelle\n"
-"Konfiguration leeren und eine neue Konfiguration vorschlagen, eine ganz neue Konfiguration beginnen oder die\n"
-"auf der Festplatte gespeicherte Konfiguration erneut lesen. %1</P>"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Zum manuellen Bearbeiten der Bootloader-Konfigurationsdateien\n"
-"klicken Sie auf <B>Konfigurationsdateien bearbeiten</B>.</P>"
-
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>In der Tabelle steht jeder Abschnitt für \n"
-"einen Eintrag im Bootmenü.</P>"
-
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Klicken Sie auf <B>Bearbeiten</B> zum Anzeigen der Eigenschaften des\n"
-"gewählten Abschnitts.</P>"
-
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P> Klicken Sie auf <b>Als Standard festlegen</b>, um den ausgewählten Abschnitt \n"
-"als Standard festzulegen. Beim Booten stellt der Bootloader ein \n"
-"Bootmenü bereit und wartet auf die Auswahl des Kernel oder eines anderen Betriebssystems zum Booten durch den\n"
-"Benutzer. Wenn vor dem Ablauf der Zeitüberschreitung keine Eingabe erfolgt, wird der Standard-Kernel\n"
-"oder das Standardbetriebssystem gebootet. Die Reihenfolge der Abschnitte im Bootloader-\n"
-"Menü kann mit den Tasten <B>Auf</B> und <B>Ab</B> geändert werden.</P>"
-
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Klicken Sie zum Erstellen eines neuen Bootloader-Abschnitts auf <B>Hinzufügen</B>\n"
-"oder zum Löschen des ausgewählten Abschnitts auf <B>Löschen</B>.</P>"
-
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Speicherort des Bootloaders</b></big><br>\n"
-"Der Bootmanager (%1) kann auf folgende Arten installiert werden:</p>"
-
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>- Im <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"Dies ist nicht empfehlenswert, wenn ein anderes Betriebssystem\n"
-"auf dem Computer installiert ist.</p>"
-
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- Im <b>Bootsektor</b> der <tt>/boot</tt>- oder <tt>/</tt> (root)-\n"
-"Partition. Diese Option wird empfohlen, wenn eine geeignete Partition \n"
-"vorhanden ist. Aktivieren Sie entweder die Optionen <b>Bootloader-Partition aktivieren</b> und\n"
-" <b>MBR durch generischen Code ersetzen</b> in <b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b>\n"
-" damit der Master Boot Record bei Bedarf aktualisiert wird,\n"
-" oder konfigurieren Sie Ihren anderen Bootmanager so, \n"
-"dass er &product; startet.</p>"
-
-#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
-#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
-"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
-"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
-"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- Auf einer <b>Diskette</b>.\n"
-" Hiermit kann das Risiko einer Interferenz mit einem bereits vorhandenen\n"
-"Bootmechanismus ausgeschlossen werden. Das Booten von Diskette wird im\n"
-"BIOS des Computers aktiviert, auf dem diese Option verwendet werden soll.</p>"
-
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- Auf einer <b>anderen</b> Partition. Bei der Auswahl dieser Option müssen\n"
-"die Einschränkungen des Systems berücksichtigt werden.</p>"
-
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Auf den meisten PCs gibt es beispielsweise eine\n"
-"BIOS-Begrenzung, mit der das Booten auf\n"
-"Festplattenzylinder beschränkt wird, die kleiner als 1024 sind. Je nachdem, welchen Bootmanager Sie verwenden,\n"
-"können Sie möglicherweise von einer logischen Partition aus booten.</p>"
-
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Geben Sie den Gerätenamen der Partition (z.B. <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> oder\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in das Eingabefeld ein.</p>"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b></big><br>\n"
-"Zum Anpassen erweiterter Bootloader-Installationsoptionen (z.B. der Gerätezuordnung)\n"
-"klicken Sie auf <b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Bootloader-Typ</b></big><br>\n"
-"Um auszuwählen, ob ein Bootloader installiert werden soll und welcher Bootloader installiert wird,\n"
-"verwenden Sie <b>Bootloader</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Bootloader-Optionen</b></big><br>\n"
-"Zum Anpassen der Bootloader-Optionen, wie beispielsweise dem Zeitablauf, klicken Sie auf\n"
-"<b>Bootloader-Optionen</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Manuelle Konfiguration für Experten</B><BR>\n"
-"Hier können Sie die Bootloader-Konfiguration manuell bearbeiten.</P>\n"
-"<P>Hinweis: Die endgültige Konfigurationsdatei verfügt möglicherweise über eine andere Einrückung.</P>"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Abschnittsname</big></b><br>\n"
-"Mit <b>Abschnittsname</b> wird der Name des Bootloader-Abschnitts angegeben. Der Name des\n"
-"Abschnitts muss eindeutig sein.</p>"
-
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Typ des neuen Abschnitts</b></big><br>\n"
-"Wählen Sie den Typ des neu erstellten Abschnitts aus.</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Ausgewählten Abschnitt klonen</b>, um den zurzeit ausgewählten Abschnitt zu\n"
-"klonen. Anschließend können Sie die Optionen ändern, die sich vom ausgewählten Abschnitt\n"
-"unterscheiden sollen.</p>"
-
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Abbild-Abschnitt</b>, um einen neuen Linux-Kernel oder ein anderes Abbild\n"
-"zum Laden und Starten hinzuzufügen.</p>"
-
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Xen-Abschnitt</b>, wenn Sie einen neuen Linux-Kernel oder ein anderes Abbild hinzufügen möchten,\n"
-"das Starten jedoch in einer Xen-Umgebung erfolgen soll.</p>"
-
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Anderes System (Chainloader)</b>, um einen Abschnitt hinzuzufügen, mit dem\n"
-"ein Bootsektor einer Partition der Festplatte geladen und gestartet wird. Diese Option wird zum\n"
-"Booten anderer Betriebssysteme verwendet.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Menü-Abschnitt</b> um einen Abschnitt hinzuzufügen, der \n"
-"eine Konfigurationsdatei (Liste mit Boot-Abschnitten) von einer Plattenpartition liest. Dies wird zum\n"
-"Starten anderer Betriebssysteme benutzt.</p>"
-
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge: %1"
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr "Keinen Bootloader installieren"
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Keinen Bootloader installieren"
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr "Standard-Bootloader installieren"
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Standard-Bootloader installieren"
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr "Bootloader"
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Bootloader"
-
-#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
-msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
-msgstr "Der %1-Bootsektor wurde auf die Diskette geschrieben."
-
-#. popup - continuing
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
-msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
-msgstr "Belassen Sie die Diskette im Laufwerk."
-
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Funktion ist nicht verfügbar, wenn der Bootloader\n"
-"nicht angegeben ist."
-
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Wollen Sie wirklich die Bootloader-Konfiguration verlassen ohne zu speichern? \n"
-"Alle Ihre Änderungen gehen dabei verloren.\n"
-
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
-msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-msgstr "Wollen Sie den Abschnitt %1 wirklich löschen?"
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "Das Passwort muss einen Eintrag enthalten."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -1435,649 +353,274 @@
"Die Angaben in den Feldern 'Passwort' und 'Passwort wiederholen' \n"
"sind nicht identisch. Bitte erneut eingeben."
-#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
msgid ""
-"The disk settings have changed.\n"
-"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Die Festplatteneinstellungen wurden geändert.\n"
-"Überprüfen Sie die Einstellungen des Abschnitts %1.\n"
+"<p><b>Bootloader durch Passwort schützen</b><br>\n"
+"Beim Booten ist zum Bearbeiten und selbst zum Booten eines Eintrags jeweils das Passwort erforderlich. Wenn die Option <b>Nur Eintragsänderungen schützen</b> aktiviert ist, ist das Booten von Einträgen nicht eingeschränkt; für das Ändern von Einträgen ist jedoch das Passwort erforderlich (so wie in GRUB 1).<br>YaST akzeptiert das Passwort nur dann, wenn Sie es unter <b>Passwort wiederholen</b> erneut eingeben. Es handelt sich hier um das Passwort des GRUB2-Benutzers 'root', der nicht mit dem Linux-Benutzer 'root' identisch ist. YaST unterstützt derzeit keine anderen GRUB2-Benutzer. Falls Sie welche benötigen, müssen Sie ein gesondertes GRUB2-Skript verwenden.</p>"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
-"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Die Festplatteneinstellungen wurden geändert und Sie haben die\n"
-"Konfigurationsdateien das Bootloaders manuell geändert.\n"
-"Überprüfen Sie die Einstellungen des Bootloaders.\n"
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
+msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
+msgstr "Neue Datei mit grafischeḿ Thema wählen"
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"%1Soll der Ort für den Standard-Bootloader festgelegt werden?\n"
-"\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
+msgid "Use &graphical console"
+msgstr "&Grafik-Konsole benutzen"
-#. combobox item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
-msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
-msgstr "Kein Dateisystem anlegen"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+msgid "&Console resolution"
+msgstr "Konsolen&auflösung"
-#. combobox item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
-msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
-msgstr "ext2-Dateisystem anlegen"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
+msgid "&Console theme"
+msgstr "&Konsolen-Thema"
-#. combobox item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
-msgid "Create a FAT File System"
-msgstr "FAT-Dateisystem anlegen"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+msgstr "Automatisch durch grub2 erkannt"
-#. label
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
-"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
-"and confirm with OK.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Der Bootloader-Bootsektor wird auf eine Diskette geschrieben.\n"
-"Legen Sie eine Diskette ein und\n"
-"bestätigen Sie mit OK.\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "&Serielle Konsole benutzen"
-#. checkbox
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
-msgid "&Low Level Format"
-msgstr "&Low Level-Formatierung"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "&Konsolen-Argumente"
-#. combobox
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
-msgid "&Create File System"
-msgstr "Dateisystem &anlegen"
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+msgstr "Standar&d-Bootabschnitt"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
-msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
-msgstr "Low Level-Formatierung ist fehlgeschlagen. Erneut versuchen?"
-
-#. error report
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
-msgid "Creating file system failed."
-msgstr "Das Anlegen des Dateisystems ist fehlgeschlagen."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"Der gewählte Name ist schon in Gebrauch.\n"
-"Verwenden Sie einen anderen.\n"
+"<p> Durch Klicken auf <b>Als Standard festlegen</b> wird der ausgewählte \n"
+"Abschnitt als Standard festgelegt. Beim Booten stellt der Bootloader ein \n"
+"Boot-Menü bereit und wartet darauf, dass der Benutzer einen Kernel oder ein anderes Betriebssystem \n"
+"zum Booten auswählt. Wenn vor Ablauf der Zeitüberschreitung keine Taste gedrückt wird, wird der Standard-Kernel \n"
+"oder das Standardbetriebssystem gebootet. Die Reihenfolge der Abschnitte im Bootloader-\n"
+"Menü kann mit den Tasten <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b> geändert werden.</p>\n"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Während der Installation des Bootloaders trat ein Fehler auf.\n"
-"Wollen Sie die Bootloader-Konfiguration wiederholen?\n"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "Speicherort des Bootloaders"
-#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
-msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
-msgstr "Der Bootloader kann nicht installiert werden."
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
+msgstr "Bei Auswahl muss ein benutzerdefiniertes Bootgerät angegeben werden"
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Warnung!\n"
-"\n"
-"Aktueller MBR aus %1 wird nun mit MBR\n"
-"vom %2 neu geschrieben.\n"
-"\n"
-"Lediglich der Boot-Code im MBR wird neu geschrieben.\n"
-"Die Partitionstabelle bleibt unverändert.\n"
-"\n"
-"Fortfahren?\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Aus Boo&tpartition starten"
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr "&Ja, neu schreiben"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
+msgstr "Aus Root-Partition boo&ten"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Josef Reidinger
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Imageabschnitt</b></p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Aus &Master-Boot-Record starten"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
-msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Kernel-Image</b> definiert den zu bootenden Kernel. Geben Sie den Namen entweder direkt ein oder klicken Sie zur Auswahl auf <b>Durchsuchen</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
+msgstr "Aus &erweiterter Partition starten"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
-msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Root-Gerät</b> legt das Gerät fest, das als Root-Gerät an den Kernel übergeben werden soll.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Ben&utzerdefinierte Bootpartition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Initial RAM-Disk</b>, definiert, sofern nicht leer, die anfänglich zu verwendende RAM-Disk. Geben Sie Pfad und Dateinamen\n"
-"entweder direkt ein oder klicken Sie zur Auswahl auf <b>Durchsuchen</b>.</p>\n"
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
+msgstr "Festplatten-Bootreihenfolge &bearbeiten"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Chainloader-Abschnitt</b> aus, wenn Sie einen Abschnitt zum Booten eines anderen Betriebssystems als Linux definieren möchten.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
-msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bei Festlegung von <b>Passwortschutz verwenden</p> ist zur Auswahl dieses Abschnitts ein Passwort erforderlich.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
-msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Anderes System</b> ermöglicht Ihnen die Auswahl unter den Betriebssystemen (nicht: Linux), die auf dem Computer gefunden wurden.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Diese Partition bei Bootauswahl aktivieren</b>, wenn dieses Flag festgelegt sein muss, um Ihrem BIOS das Booten zu ermöglichen</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Offset für Chainloading blockieren</b> ermöglicht Ihnen die Angabe der Liste mit zu bootenden Blöcken. In den meisten Fällen empfiehlt sich hier\n"
-"die Angabe von <code>+1</code>. Details zur Notation der Blockliste finden Sie in der GRUB-Dokumentation.</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>Platten-Reihenfolge</b></big><br>\n"
+"Um die Plattenreihenfolge entsprechend der BIOS-Ordnung anzugeben, benutzen Sie die\n"
+"Schaltflächen <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b>; um die Reihenfolge zu ändern.\n"
+"Zum Hinzufügen einer Platte wählen Sie <b>Hinzufügen</b>.\n"
+"zum Entfernen <b>Entfernen</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
-"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Xen-Abschnitt</b>, wenn Sie einen neuen Linux-Kernel oder ein anderes Abbild hinzufügen möchten,\n"
-"das Starten jedoch in einer Xen-Umgebung erfolgen soll.</p>\n"
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
+msgstr "&Kernel-Parameter"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
-msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Hypervisor</b> wird der zu verwendende Hypervisor angegeben.</p>"
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
+msgstr "Boot&code-Optionen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
-msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Zusätzliche Xen Hypervisor-Parameter</b> können Sie zusätzlcihe Parameter definieren, die an den Xen Hypervisor weitergeleitet werden.</p>"
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
+msgstr "Boot&loader-Optionen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
-msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Menüabschnitt</b></p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgstr "Sicheres Booten aktivieren: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
-msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Partition von Menüdatei</b></p>"
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
+#. error report
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "Aufgrund der Partitionierung kann der Bootloader nicht richtig installiert werden."
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
-msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Menübeschreibungsdatei</b> gibt den Pfad zum Root-Gerät an, von dem aus die Menüdatei geladen wird.</p>"
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
+msgstr "Keinen Bootloader installieren"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
-msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Abschnitt der ersten Festplatte in der Gerätezuordnung zuordnen</b> Windows muss sich normalerweise auf der ersten Festplatte befinden.</p>"
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "Systemstart"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
-"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Messungen</b> enthält mit PCR gemessene Dateien. Die Tabelle kann mithilfe folgender Schaltflächen geändert werden: <b>Hinzufügen</b> , \n"
-"<b>Bearbeiten</b> und <b>Löschen</b></p>"
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "S&ystemstart..."
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
-"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Verschiebeversuch zulassen</b></p>\n"
-"Wird für gewöhnlich im globalen Abschnitt festgelegt</p>"
+"Es wurde kein Bootloader für die Installation gewählt.\n"
+"Ihr System wird sich möglicherweise nicht starten lassen."
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
-"Usually specified in global section</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Schreibgeschütztes Einhängen von Root-Dateisystem erzwingen</b><br>\n"
-"Wird in der Regel im globalen Abschnitt angegeben</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Aufgrund der Partitionierung kann der Bootloader nicht richtig installiert werden."
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
-"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Mit <b>Dump-Abschnitt</b> wird ein Abschnitt hinzugefügt, aus dem hervorgeht, wie ein\n"
-"System-Dump entweder auf einer DASD-Festplattenpartition oder auf einem Bandgerät oder in einer\n"
-" Datei in einer SCSI-Festplattenpartition erstellt wird.</p>"
+"<P><BIG><B>Bootloader-Konfigurationstool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Aktuelle Konfiguration wird gelesen...</P>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
-"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Mit <b>Menüabschnitt</b> wird der Konfiguration ein neues Menü hinzugefügt.\n"
-"Bei Menüabschnitten handelt es sich um eine Liste mit verwandten Aufgaben.</p>\n"
-"\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>Bootloader-Konfiguration wird gespeichert</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Bitte warten...<br></p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
-"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Aktiviere SELinux</b> um die das SELinux-Sicherheits-Rahmenwerk benötigten kernel-boot-Parameter hinzuzufügen.\n"
-"Bitte beachten Sie, dass dies gleichzeitig AppAmor deaktiviert.</p>"
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
-msgid "Image Section"
-msgstr "Imageabschnitt"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
-msgid "&Kernel Image"
-msgstr "&Kernel-Image"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
-msgid "&Root Device"
-msgstr "&Root-Gerät"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
-msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
-msgstr "&Initial RAM-Disk"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
-msgid "Chainloader Section"
-msgstr "Chainloader-Abschnitt"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
-msgid "Use Password Protection"
-msgstr "Passwortschutz verwenden"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
-msgid "&Other System"
-msgstr "&Anderes System"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
-msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
-msgstr "Dateis&ystem vor Booten nicht überprüfen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
-msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
-msgstr "Diese P&artition bei Bootauswahl aktivieren"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
-msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
-msgstr "B&lock-Offset für Chainloading"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
-msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
-msgstr "A&bschnitt auf den ersten Datenträger der Gerätezuordnung abbilden"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
-msgid "&Hypervisor"
-msgstr "&Hypervisor"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
-msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
-msgstr "&Zusätzliche Xen-Hypervisor-Parameter"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
-msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-msgstr "&Partition der Menüdatei"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
-msgid "&Menu Description File"
-msgstr "&Menübeschreibungsdatei"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
-msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
-msgstr "&Schreibgeschütztes Einhängen des Root-Dateisystems erzwingen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
-msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
-msgstr "Ve&rschiebeversuch zulassen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
-msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
-msgstr "&Zielverzeichnis für Abschnitt"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
-msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-msgstr "Op&tionale Parameterdatei"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
-msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
-msgstr "Dump-Abschnitt (veraltet)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
-msgid "&Dump Device"
-msgstr "&Dump-Gerät"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
-msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
-msgstr "&SCSI-Dump-Gerät"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
-msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
-msgstr "&Liste der Menüeinträge"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
-msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-msgstr "&Nummer des Standardeintrags"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
-msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
-msgstr "Zei&tablauf in Sekunden"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
-msgid "&Show boot menu"
-msgstr "Bootmenü &anzeigen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
-msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Abbild in B&oot-Partition kopieren"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
-msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
-msgstr "Ab&schnitt bei Fehlern taktvoll überspringen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
-msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
-msgstr "&Partition eines anderen Systems starten"
-
-#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
-msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
-msgstr "Abbild-Abschnitt muss angegebenes Kernel-Abbild haben"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
-msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-msgstr "Abbild-Datei existiert nicht. Wollen Sie sie wirklich benutzen?"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
-msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-msgstr "Initrd-Datei existiert nicht. Wollen Sie sie wirklich benutzen?"
-
-#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
-msgid "Enable &SELinux"
-msgstr "Aktiviere &SELinux"
-
-#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
-msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
-msgstr "Der Name enthält nicht erlaubte Zeichen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
-msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
-msgstr "Während des Neustarts nach der Auflösung fragen."
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
-msgid "Clone Selected Section"
-msgstr "Ausgewählten Abschnitt klonen"
-
-#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
-msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
-msgstr "Anderes System (Chainloader)"
-
-#. frame
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
-msgid "Section Type"
-msgstr "Typ des Abschnitts"
-
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
-msgid "Section &Name"
-msgstr "&Name des Abschnitts"
-
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "Aufgrund der Partitionierung kann der Bootloader nicht richtig installiert werden."
-
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#.
-#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode in MBR installieren (nicht installieren</a>)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode nicht in MBR installieren (installieren</a>)"
-
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-Partition installieren (nicht installieren</a>)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode nicht in /boot-Partition installieren (installieren</a>)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-Partition installieren (nicht installieren</a>)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
-msgstr "Den Bootcode nicht in die Partition \"/\" installieren (installieren</a>)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr "Speicherort ändern: %s"
-
-#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr "Bootloader-Typ: %1"
-
-#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
-msgid " (\"/boot\")"
-msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr " (erweitert)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
-msgid " (\"/\")"
-msgstr " (\"/\")"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr " (MBR)"
-
-#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr "Status-Speicherort: %1"
-
-#. section name "suffix" for default section
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
-msgid " (default)"
-msgstr " (Standard)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
-msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
-msgstr "Abschnitte:<br>%1"
-
-#. summary text
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
-msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-msgstr "Bootloader nicht installieren, nur Konfigurationsdateien erstellen"
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
-msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
-msgstr "Vorschlagen und mit vorhandenen GRUB-Menüs &zusammenführen"
-
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr "Warnung: Kein Speicherort für Bootloader-Stufe 1 ausgewählt. Wenn Sie nicht über Expertenkenntnisse verfügen, wählen Sie den obigen Speicherort aus."
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr "Sicheres Booten aktivieren: %1"
-
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr "Unbekannter Bootloader: %1"
-
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr "Nicht unterstützte Kombination von Hardwareplattform %1 und Bootloader %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr "Das Booten aus dem MBR ist mit dem Btrfs-Dateisystem und der GPT-Festplattenkennung ohne die bios_grub-Partition nicht möglich. Zum Beheben dieses Problems erstellen Sie die bios_grub-Partition (oder verwenden Sie ein externes Dateisystem für die Bootpartition), oder installieren Sie Stufe 1 nicht im MBR."
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "Das Bootgerät liegt auf raid-Typ: %1. Das System bootet nicht."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Das Bootgerät befindet sich auf Software-RAID1. Wählen Sie einen anderen Standort für den Bootloader aus, z. B. den Master Boot Record"
-#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
-msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-msgstr "YaST konnte die genaue Bootreihenfolge der erforderlichen Datenträger für die Gerätezuordnung nicht ermitteln. Prüfen Sie die Bootreihenfolge der Datenträger unter \"Details zur Bootloader-Installation\", und passen Sie sie ggf. an."
-
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr "Ext-Partition für Booten fehlt. Bootcode kann nicht installiert werden."
+#. activate set or there is already activate flag
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
+msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
+msgstr "Kein Aktivierungs-Flag durch das Installationsprogramm festgelegt. Falls kein Aktivierungs-Flag vorliegt, können bestimmte BIOS-Typen nicht booten."
+
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
+msgstr "Das Installationsprogramm ändert den MBR der Festplatte nicht. Falls der MBR noch keinen Bootcode enthält, kann das BIOS nicht von dieser Festplatte gebootet werden."
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Bootloader überprüfen"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Einlesen der Partitionierung"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen laden"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Bootloader wird überprüft..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "Partitionierung wird eingelesen..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen werden geladen..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration wird initialisiert"
-#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
-msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
-msgstr "Hinzugefügte Kernel-Parameter: %1"
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "initrd erstellen"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
-msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien des Bootloaders speichern"
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
+msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration speichern"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr "Bootloader installieren"
-
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "initrd wird erzeugt..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
-msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien des Bootloaders werden gespeichert..."
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
+msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration wird gespeichert..."
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr "Bootloader wird installiert..."
-
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration des Bootloaders wird gespeichert"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cio.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cio\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cluster\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -39,189 +39,598 @@
" "
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr "CIM-Server"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installationseinstellungen"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Überblick"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
msgid "Expert"
msgstr "Experten"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Direkte Installationseinstellungen"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Update-Einstellungen"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Vorbereitung"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Automatische Netzwerkeinrichtung"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Willkommen"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Netzwerkaktivierung"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Systemanalyse"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
+msgid "Installer Update"
+msgstr "Installer-Aktualisierung"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Add-On-Produkte"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Festplatte"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Zeitzone"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installationsübersicht"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Installation durchführen"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
+msgstr "Installer-Bereinigung"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "System für Update"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Update"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Update-Zusammenfassung"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Update ausführen"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Basisinstallation"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST-Einstellungen"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Systemkonfiguration"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Die Installation wurde erfolgreich abgeschlossen.\n"
+"Das System ist einsatzbereit.\n"
+"Klicken Sie auf 'Fertig stellen', und melden Sie sich beim System an.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Besuchen Sie uns unter http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Systemrolle"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemrollen sind vordefinierte Anwendungsfälle, die das System\n"
+"dem ausgewählten Szenario anpassen."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Die Anpassungen durch Systemrollen reichen von der Paketauswahl bis hin \n"
+"zur Plattenpartitionierung. Durch Auswahl einer Systemrolle wird das System \n"
+"entsprechend des Anwendungsfalls der Rolle konfiguriert. Die durch \n"
+"eine Rolle vorgegebenen Einstellungen können bei Bedarf im nächsten Schritt überschrieben werden.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr "Standardsystem"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+"• GNOME-Umgebung mit Btrfs-Root (/)-Partition\n"
+"• Separate /home-Partition (XFS) für Festplatten mit mehr als 20 GB"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "KVM-Virtualisierungshost"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+"• Kernel-basierter Hypervisor und Tools\n"
+"• Keine separate /home-Partition"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "Xen-Virtualisierungshost"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+"• Bare-Metal-Hypervisor und Tools\n"
+"• Keine separate /home-Partition"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration von Netzwerk-Services"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Installationsüberblick"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>Die Installation von openSUSE auf Ihrem Computer ist abgeschlossen.\n"
+"Nach einem Klick auf <b>Beenden</b> können Sie sich beim System anmelden.</p>\n"
+"<p>Besuchen Sie uns unter %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Viel Spaß!<br>Ihr openSUSE-Entwicklungsteam</p>\n"
+" "
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Desktop-Umgebung auf dem Computer bildet die grafische\n"
+"Benutzeroberfläche für den Computer und bietet eine Reihe von Anwendungen für\n"
+"E-Mail, Surfen im Internet, Produktivität bei der Arbeit, Spiele und Dienstprogramme zum\n"
+"Verwalten des Computers.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bei openSUSE stehen mehrere Desktop-Umgebungen zur Auswahl. Am häufigsten werden\n"
+"die Desktop-Umgebungen GNOME und KDE Plasma genutzt, die gleichberechtigt\n"
+"unter openSUSE unterstützt werden. Beide Desktop-Umgebungen sind benutzerfreundlich\n"
+"und hochintegriert, und sie weisen ein ansprechendes Erscheinungsbild auf. Die Desktop-\n"
+"Umgebungen unterscheiden sich in ihrem Stil, sodass Sie ganz nach persönlichem Geschmack\n"
+"den richtigen Desktop auswählen können."
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr "GNOME-Desktop"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr "KDE Plasma-Desktop"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "Server (Textmodus)"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr "Xfce-Desktop"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr "LXDE-Desktop"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr "Minimales X Window"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr "Enlightenment-Desktop"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "Minimale Serverauswahl (Textmodus)"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr "Online-Repositorys"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Desktop auswählen"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/country.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -657,8 +657,8 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
-msgstr "Neuer Wert für Hardware-Uhr"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
+msgstr "Neuer Wert für Systemzeit: 'local', 'utc' oder 'UTC'."
#. summary label
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174
@@ -1014,180 +1014,185 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "Spanisch (Asturianisch)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italienisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Portugiesisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien, mit US-Sonderzeichen)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Griechisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Holländisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Dänisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norwegisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Schwedisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finnisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Tschechisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Tschechisch (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Slowakisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Slowakisch (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Slowenisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Ungarisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polnisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Serbokroatisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estnisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Litauisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Türkisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Kroatisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Isländisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Khmer"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Koreanisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Arabisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadschikisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Traditionelles Chinesisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Vereinfachtes Chinesisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Rumänisch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr "US International"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-12 14:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Maik Wagner \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
@@ -29,25 +29,32 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Konfiguration von Crowbar"
+#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
+msgid "Common for All"
+msgstr "Für alle gültig"
+
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
+msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
msgstr "SLES 11 SP3"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+msgid "SLES 12"
+msgstr "SLES 12"
+
#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
+#| msgid "&List of Repositories"
msgid "&Location of Repositories"
msgstr "&Ort der Repositories"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
-#| "If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-#| " to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+#| "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
#| "</p><p>\n"
#| "<ul>\n"
#| "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
@@ -58,24 +65,33 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought"
+" to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also"
+" possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-s...</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i>"
+" for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
+"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier können Sie die Adresse Ihres <b>Update-Repositories</b> ändern.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Wenn Repositories auf dem SMT-Server oder SUSE Manager Server gespeichert werden, reicht es die URL des Servers und die Pfade\n"
-" der Repositories werden automatisch ausgefüllt.</p>Es ist auch möglich, eigene Pfade zu verwenden. Eine Beispiele wie die URL aussehen könnte:\n"
+"Wenn Repositories auf dem SMT-Server oder SUSE Manager Server gespeichert"
+" werden, reicht es die URL des Servers und die Pfade\n"
+" der Repositories werden automatisch ausgefüllt.</p>Es ist auch"
+" möglich, eigene Pfade zu verwenden. Eine Beispiele wie die URL aussehen"
+" könnte:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> für SMT-Server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-s...</i> für SUSE-Manager-Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i>"
+" für SMT-Server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
+"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> für SUSE-Manager-Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"Eine ausführliche Beschreibung finden Sie im Deployment Handbuch.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -88,7 +104,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Verwalten Sie Benutzernamen und Passwörter für Crowbar-Administratoren.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Verwalten Sie Benutzernamen und Passwörter für Crowbar-Administratoren.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194
@@ -98,11 +115,15 @@
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.
\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as"
+" space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Definieren Sie hier einen <b>Netzwerkmodus</b> mit relevanten <b>Bonding-Einstellungen</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Hier können Sie auch Schnittstellennamen für Bastion-Netzwerk-Verbindungen als durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste angeben.</p>"
+"<p>Definieren Sie hier einen <b>Netzwerkmodus</b> mit relevanten
Bonding-Einstellungen</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Hier können Sie auch Schnittstellennamen für Bastion-Netzwerk-Verbindungen"
+" als durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste angeben.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
@@ -199,32 +220,33 @@
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
# error box title
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "Bei Fehler nachfragen"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "Zielplattform"
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
-msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr "Architektur"
-
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#| msgid ""
+#| "User '%1' already exists.\n"
+#| "Choose a different name."
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -233,82 +255,79 @@
"Wählen Sie einen anderen Namen."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "Server &URL"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Repository-Name"
# error box title
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "Bei Fehler n&achfragen"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "Repository-&URL"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr "Eine leere URL bedeutet, dass der Standardwert benutzt werden wird."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Repository hinzufügen"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Local NTP Server"
-msgid "Local SMT Server"
-msgstr "Lokaler NTP-Server"
-
-#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "Entfernter SMT Server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#| msgid "Finger Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "SUSE Manager Server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Benutzername"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passwort"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Wiederholen Sie das Passwort"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Benutzername darf nicht leer sein."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -317,7 +336,7 @@
"Versuchen Sie es erneut."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -326,17 +345,17 @@
"Wählen Sie einen anderen Namen."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Das Schnittstellenformat '%1' ist nicht gültig."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktiviert"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -346,7 +365,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -355,7 +374,7 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -364,17 +383,17 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Die Routeradresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Die IP-Adresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -383,62 +402,70 @@
"Passen Sie diese über die Schaltfläche 'Bereiche bearbeiten' an."
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Min. IP-Adresse"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Max. IP-Adresse"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Die Adresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'."
# #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.de.po (dhcp-server.de) #-#-#-#-#
# sounds strange
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Die niedrigste Adresse muss niedriger als die höchste sein"
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "Die Bereiche '%1' und '%2' überlappen sich."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Ben&utzereinstellungen"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
-msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
-msgstr "Wenn kein Benutzer vorhanden ist, wird der Benutzer 'crowbar' mit dem Standard-Passwort benutzt."
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+msgid ""
+"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn kein Benutzer vorhanden ist, wird der Benutzer 'crowbar' mit dem"
+" Standard-Passwort benutzt."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Net&zwerkmodus"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bastion-Netzwerk"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Netz&werke"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Re&positories"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
+#| "currently not supported.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/"
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -451,7 +478,7 @@
"Sie können die Crowbar-Webschnittstelle unter http://%1:3000/ ansehen"
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Überblick über die Konfiguration von Crowbar"
@@ -484,6 +511,11 @@
#. Ovreview dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n"
+#| "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n"
+#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n"
@@ -491,7 +523,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Lesen Sie im Product Deployment Guide nach Details über das Netzwerkkonfiguration\n"
+"Lesen Sie im Product Deployment Guide nach Details über das"
+" Netzwerkkonfiguration\n"
"und wie dieses YaST-Modul verwendet wird.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -506,47 +539,41 @@
msgstr "Initialisierung ..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisierung der Crowbar-Konfiguration"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Einlesen der Konfiguration"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Konfiguration wird eingelesen..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Crowbar-Konfiguration wird gespeichert"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Die Einstellungen schreiben"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..."
-#~ msgid "Common for All"
-#~ msgstr "Für alle gültig"
-
-#~ msgid "SLES 12"
-#~ msgstr "SLES 12"
-
#~ msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator"
#~ msgstr "Passwort für den Crowbar-Administrator"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -370,9 +370,9 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Wert"
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
@@ -400,9 +400,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
@@ -415,8 +415,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "Forwarders"
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Zone"
@@ -480,14 +480,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "Mailserver"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Priorität"
@@ -549,8 +549,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS-Zonen"
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP-Unterstützung aktiv"
@@ -597,131 +597,88 @@
msgstr "&Expertenkonfiguration für DNS-Server..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS-Server"
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr "Änderungen anwenden"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr "Start"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr "Grundlegende Optionen"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Protokollieren"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr "ACLs"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr "TSIG-Schlüssel"
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr "&Richtlinie für lokale DNS-Auflösung"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr "Zusammenführen von Forwardern ist deaktiviert"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr "Automatisches Zusammenführen"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr "Zusammenführen von Forwardern ist aktiviert"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Konfiguration"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Richtlinie"
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr "&Forwarder für lokale DNS-Auflösung"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "System-Nameserver werden verwendet"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "Dieser Nameserver (Bind)"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr "Lokaler dnsmasq-Server"
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr "IP-Adresse hinzufügen"
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "IPv4- oder IPv6-A&dresse"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr "Forwarder-&Liste"
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr "Lokaler Forwarder kann nicht auf %{forwarder} gesetzt werden"
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "Kann lokales Äquivalent für IP %1 nicht finden."
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -732,11 +689,11 @@
"sie wurde daher auf ihr lokales Äquivalent %2 gesetzt."
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "Ungültige IPv4- oder IPv6-Adresse."
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
@@ -745,46 +702,46 @@
"und Doppelpunkten."
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr "Der angegebene Forwarder ist bereits vorhanden."
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr "Option hinzufügen oder ändern"
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr "O&ption"
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&Wert"
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr "Än&dern"
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr "Aktuelle Optionen"
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Option"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
@@ -793,7 +750,7 @@
"ohne Wert festlegen?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -802,7 +759,7 @@
"Möchten Sie sie wirklich auf %2 setzen?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -811,7 +768,7 @@
"Möchten Sie sie wirklich auf %2 setzen?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -820,7 +777,7 @@
"Möchten Sie sie wirklich auf %1 setzen?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -829,7 +786,7 @@
"Möchten Sie sie wirklich auf %1 setzen?\n"
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
@@ -838,77 +795,77 @@
"Möchten Sie wirklich eine weitere hinzufügen?\n"
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr "Protokolltyp"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "&Systemprotokoll"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Datei"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr "Maximale &Größe (MB)"
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr "Maximale Anzahl der &Versionen"
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr "Zusätzliches Protokollieren"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr "Alle DNS-&Abfragen protokollieren"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr "Zonen-&Updates protokollieren"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr "Zonen-&Transfer protokollieren"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr "Datei für Protokoll wählen"
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr "Option einrichten"
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Name"
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr "Aktuelle ACL-Liste"
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
@@ -917,12 +874,12 @@
"Wollen Sie sie wirklich entfernen?\n"
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr "Der angegebene ACL-Eintrag ist bereits vorhanden."
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "Neue Zone hinzufügen"
@@ -931,8 +888,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Master"
@@ -942,9 +899,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "Slave"
@@ -953,34 +910,34 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Vorwärts"
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr "Konfigurierte DNS-Zonen"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr "Die Zone mit dem angegebenen Namen ist bereits konfiguriert."
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration fehlgeschlagen. Einstellungen ändern?"
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern der Konfiguration"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -988,40 +945,83 @@
"Alle Änderungen gehen verloren.\n"
"Möchten Sie wirklich die Konfiguration des DNS-Servers verlassen, ohne zu speichern?"
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "Änderungen anwenden"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr "Start"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr "Grundlegende Optionen"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr "Protokollieren"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr "ACLs"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr "TSIG-Schlüssel"
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr "Dynamische Updates &erlauben"
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG-&Schlüssel"
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr "Zonen-&Transport aktivieren"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr "Einträge a&utomatisch generieren aus"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr "Zon&e"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr "Verbundene Reverse-Zonen"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
@@ -1030,34 +1030,34 @@
"der Auto-Installation nicht zur Verfügung.\n"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr "Kein TSIG-Schlüssel festgelegt."
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr "Hinzuzufügender &Nameserver"
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr "Liste der Na&meserver"
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr "Der angegebene Namenserver ist bereits vorhanden."
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr "Hinzuzufügender Mailserver"
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
@@ -1065,116 +1065,116 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Priorität"
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr "Mail-Relay-Liste"
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Der angegebene Wert ist kein gültiger Hostname oder keine gültige IP-Adresse."
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr "Der angegebene Mailserver ist bereits vorhanden."
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunden"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minuten"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Stunden"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Tage"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr "Wochen"
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr "&Fortlaufend"
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr "TT&L"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr "&Einheit"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr "Re&fresh (aktualisieren)"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr "Ein&heit"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr "&Wiederholen"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr "Ab&laufdatum"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr "Einh&eit"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minimum"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr "Einhei&t"
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr "Die Seriennummer der Zone muss angegeben werden."
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr "Die Seriennummer darf nicht länger sein als %1 Ziffern."
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1189,104 +1189,104 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr "&Eintragschlüssel"
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr "&Typ"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr "&Wert"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Dienst"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr "&Gewicht"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "A: Übersetzung des IPv4 -Domänennamens"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "AAAA: Übersetzung des IPv6-Domänennamens"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr "CNAME: Alias für Domänenname"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr "NS: Namenserver"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr "MX: Mail-Relay"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr "PTR: Umgekehrte Übersetzung"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr "SRV: Services-Eintrag"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr "TXT: Texteintrag"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für den Eintrag"
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr "Konfigurierte Ressourcen-Einträge"
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr "Eintragschlüssel"
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1299,13 +1299,13 @@
"oder in der relativen Form zur aktuellen Zone unterstützt."
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr "Ungültige IPv6-Adresse."
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
@@ -1326,72 +1326,66 @@
"Diese Nachricht ist %{current} Zeichen lang."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr "CNAME kann nicht auf sich selber zeigen"
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr "Interner Fehler."
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr "Zonen-Editor"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr "&Grundlagen"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr "NS-&Einträge"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr "&SOA"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr "&Einträge"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr "M&X-Einträge"
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Zone"
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr "Er&weitert"
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr "Es muss mindestens ein NS-Server festgelegt werden."
@@ -1399,7 +1393,7 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
@@ -1408,17 +1402,17 @@
"Zum manuellen Ändern der Einträge deaktivieren Sie die Funktion 'Einträge generieren aus'."
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr "IP des &Master DNS-Servers"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr "Fehlender Master-Server"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1429,32 +1423,32 @@
"Wenn Sie fortfahren, wird die aktuelle Zone entfernt."
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr "Es wurde kein Master-DNS-Server definiert."
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr "Der angegebene Master-Namenserver ist keine gültige IP-Adresse."
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr "Neue &Forwarder-IP-Adresse"
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr "Aktuelle &Zonen-Forwarder"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr "Forward-Zonen-Editor"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2502,56 +2496,56 @@
msgstr "&Mail-Relay"
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration des DNS-Servers initialisieren"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Umgebung prüfen"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Zwischenspeicher des DNS-Daemons leeren."
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen einlesen"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen lesen"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Umgebung wird geprüft..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Zwischenspeicher des DNS-Daemons werden geleert...."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden eingelesen..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden gelesen..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
@@ -2560,72 +2554,72 @@
"Fehler: "
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration des DNS-Servers speichern"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien speichern"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr "DNS-Daemon neu starten"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr "Zonendateien aktualisieren"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr "DNS-Dienst anpassen"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr "netconfig aufrufen"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien werden gespeichert..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Der DNS-Daemon wird neu gestartet..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr "Zonendateien werden aktualisiert..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr "DNS-Dienst wird angepasst..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "netconfig wird aufgerufen..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2634,43 +2628,43 @@
"\n"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "Stub"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "Tipp:"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "Der DNS-Server wird beim Systemstart gestartet."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "Der DNS-Server wird beim Systemstart nicht gestartet."
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr "Konfigurierte Zonen: %s"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Ungültige LDAP-Konfiguration. LDAP kann nicht verwendet werden."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr "LDAP-Unterstützung aktivieren?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
@@ -2679,26 +2673,26 @@
"Die LDAP-Unterstützung wird nicht aktiviert sein."
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr "Unbekannter LDAP-Initialisierungsfehler."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Beim Anlegen von %1 trat ein Fehler auf."
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Beim Erzeugen von cn=defaultDNS,%1 trat ein Fehler auf. LDAP wird nicht verwendet."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Beim Aktualisieren von %1 ist ein Fehler aufgetreten."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Beim Anlegen von %1 ist ein Fehler aufgetreten. Kein LDAP verwenden."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -14,6 +14,110 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr "Änderungen im Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr "Pfad"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "&Beenden"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr "Container übertragen"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr "Repository"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Name"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr "Markierung"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr "Autor"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr "Nachricht"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr "&Ok"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr "Abbre&chen"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr "Shell injizieren"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr "Ziel-Shell"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Ausführen des Terminals: %{error}"
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -55,14 +159,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr "Ausgeführte Docker-Container"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "Repository"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr "Markierung"
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
msgstr "Image-ID"
@@ -83,15 +179,11 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Image"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr "Kommando"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Status"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
msgid "Ports"
msgstr "Ports"
@@ -127,10 +219,59 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr "Über&tragen"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr "&Beenden"
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr "Soll das Bild \"%s\" wirklich gelöscht werden?"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr "Container ausführen"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr "Host"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr "Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Hinzufügen"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr "Entfernen"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr "Volumes"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr "Freizugebendes Verzeichnis auswählen"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr "Zielverzeichnis auswählen"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr "Externen Port auswählen"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr "Internen Port auswählen"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: drbd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
@@ -248,13 +248,13 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" ist obligatorisch und muss mit dem Linux-Hostnamen (uname -n) eines Knotens übereinstimmen. Ein Punkt (\".\") im Hostnamen ist nicht zulässig.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Adresse:Port\": Für eine Ressource ist eine IP-Adresse pro Gerät erforderlich, die auf eingehende Verbindungen vom Partnergerät überwacht wird. Für jede DRBD-Ressource ist ein TCP-Port erforderlich, über den die Verbindung zum Partnergerät des Knotens hergestellt wird.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Gerät\": Name des Block-Geräteknotens der beschriebenen Ressource. Sie müssen dieses Gerät in der Anwendung (Dateisystem) verwenden; das Low-Level-Block-Gerät, das mit dem Festplattenparameter nach der Unternummer festgelegt wurde, ist hier nicht zulässig. Ansonsten können Sie den Namen bzw. den Parameter für die Unternummer auslassen. Wenn Sie den Namen auslassen, wird standardmäßig /dev/drbd'minor number' verwendet.\n"
-"\t\tBeispiel: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' oder '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Festplatte\": Bei DRBD werden die Daten auf diesem Block-Gerät gespeichert und abgerufen. Greifen Sie unter keinen Umständen auf ein solches Gerät zu, wenn DRBD darauf ausgeführt wird.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-Festplatte\": Intern. \"Intern\" bedeutet, dass die Metadaten im letzten Bereich des unterstützenden Geräts gespeichert werden.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Knoten-ID\": Die Knoten-ID ist ein interner Wert für DRBD und wird automatisch durch YAST erzeugt. Ein Host kann verschiedene \"Knoten-IDs\" in verschiedenen Ressourcen aufweisen.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" ist obligatorisch und muss mit dem Linux-Hostnamen (uname -n) für einen der Knoten übereinstimmen. Der Hostname darf keinen Punkt (\".\") enthalten.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Adresse:Port\": Eine Ressource benötigt eine IP-Adresse pro Gerät, mit der auf eingehende Verbindungen des Partnergeräts zum Gerät gewartet wird. Jede DRBD-Ressource benötigt einen TCP-Port, über den eine Verbindung zum Partnergerät des Knotens hergestellt wird. Bei IPv6 muss der tatsächliche Adressteil, der auf das Schlüsselwort \"ipv6\" folgt, in eckigen Klammern stehen: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Gerät\": Name des Blockgeräteknotens der beschriebenen Ressource. Sie müssen dieses Gerät in der Anwendung (Dateisystem) verwenden, nicht das Low-Level-Blockgerät, das nach der niedrigsten Nummer mit dem Datenträgerparameter angegeben wird. Ansonsten können Sie den Dateinamen bzw. die Angabe 'minor' und die zugehörige Nummer auslassen. Wenn Sie den Namen auslassen, wird standardmäßig /dev/drbd'niedrigste Nummer' verwendet.\n"
+"\t\tBeispiel: '/dev/drbd{Dienst} minor {niedrigste DRBD-Nummer [0...255]}' oder '/dev/drbd{niedrigste DRBD-Nummer [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Datenträger\": Dieses Blockgerät wird zum Speichern und Abrufen der Daten durch DRBD verwendet. Greifen Sie nicht auf dieses Gerät zu, wenn DRBD darauf ausgeführt wird.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-Datenträger\": Intern. 'Intern' bedeutet, dass die Metadaten im letzten Bereich des Sicherungsgeräts gespeichert werden.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Knoten-ID\": Die Knoten-ID ist ein interner, von yast automatisch generierter Wert für DRBD. Für die unterschiedlichen Ressourcen kann ein Host verschiedene \"Knoten-IDs\" haben.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
@@ -511,67 +511,86 @@
msgstr "Warnung! lvmetad soll nicht für Cluster verwendet werden."
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Ressourcenname "
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
msgid "Nodes"
msgstr "Knoten"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Hinzufügen"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Bearbeiten"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Löschen"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
msgid "Save"
msgstr "Speichern"
#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Abbrechen"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "Der Knotenname darf nicht leer sein."
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr "Die IPv6-Adresse muss in eckigen Klammern stehen."
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr "IP/Port sollte eine 'addr:port'-Kombination sein."
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr "Geben Sie eine gültige IP-Adresse ein."
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr "Geben Sie eine gültige Portnummer ein."
+
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr "Knotennamen mit dem lokalen Hostnamen dürfen keinen Punkt (\".\") enthalten."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Füllen Sie alle Felder aus."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
msgstr "Konfigurieren Sie mindestens zwei Knoten."
#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
msgid "Enter the node name:"
msgstr "Geben Sie den Knotennamen ein:"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
msgid "Node name must be different."
msgstr "Die Knotennamen müssen unterschiedlich sein."
@@ -678,70 +697,70 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr "Fehler beim Zusammenführen getrennter DRBD-Konfigurationsdateien\n"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr "Fehler beim Schreiben von drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DRBD-Konfiguration initialisieren"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Globale Einstellungen lesen"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Ressourcen lesen"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "LVM-Konfigurationen lesen"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Daemon-Status lesen"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "SuSE-Firewall-Einstellungen einlesen"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Globale Einstellungen werden gelesen..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Ressourcen werden gelesen..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "LVM-Konfigurationen werden gelesen..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Daemon-Status wird gelesen..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr "Fehler beim Sichern von drbd.conf"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr "Fehler beim Bereinigen von drbd.conf für den drbdadm-Test"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
@@ -749,12 +768,12 @@
"Ungültige Konfiguration der Ressource %1\n"
"%2"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr "Fehler beim Wiederherstellen von drbd.conf"
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DRBD-Konfiguration wird geschrieben"
@@ -762,46 +781,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Globale Einstellungen schreiben"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Ressourcen schreiben"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "LVM-Konfigurationen schreiben"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Daemon-Status setzen"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "SuSEfirewall-Einstellungen schreiben"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Globale Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Ressourcen werden geschrieben..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "LVM-Konfigurationen werden geschrieben..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Daemon-Status wird gesetzt..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "SuSEfirewall-Einstellungen werden geschrieben"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr "Fehler beim Erstellen des Verzeichnisses /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -527,33 +527,33 @@
msgstr "<p>Möchten Sie es nun installieren?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr "Service 'lldpad' kann nicht gestartet werden"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Service 'fcoe' kann nicht gestartet werden"
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr "lldpad-systemd-Socket kann nicht gestartet werden"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr "lldpad-Service kann nicht gestartet werden."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr "fcoemon systemd-Socket kann nicht gestartet werden."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr "fcoe-Service kann nicht gestartet werden."
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -565,112 +565,112 @@
"Konfiguration zu erhalten."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisierung der FCoE-Clientkonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Installierte Pakete prüfen"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Dienste prüfen"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Netzwerkkarten erkennen"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config lesen"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Installierte Pakete werden geprüft..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Dienste werden geprüft..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Erkennung der Netzwerkkarten läuft..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config wird gelesen"
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Dienste konnten nicht gestartet werden."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Geräte nicht erkannt."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config kann nicht gelesen werden"
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Speichern der FCoE-Clientkonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "FCoE-Dienst neu starten"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Start der Dienste anpassen"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "FCoE-Dienst wird neu gestartet..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Start der Dienste wird angepasst..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht nach /etc/fcoe/config geschrieben werden."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
@@ -679,42 +679,42 @@
"Für Details siehe /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Dienst FCoE konnte nicht gestartet werden."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Schreiben von /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-Dateien nicht möglich."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<b>Allgemeine FCoE-Konfiguration</b>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "<b>Schnittstellen</b>"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr "<i>Netzwerkkarte</i>:"
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr "<b>Start der Services</b>"
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktiviert"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktiviert"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -14,6 +14,16 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr "Ihre Anzeige bietet keine Unterstützung für die UI 'firewall-config'.\n"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr "Verwenden Sie die Yast2-Befehlszeile oder das Dienstprogramm 'firewall-cmd'."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
@@ -174,7 +184,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr "Protokollierungs-Level"
@@ -693,7 +703,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr "Quell-Netzwerk"
@@ -704,8 +714,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
@@ -759,28 +769,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr "Benötigte IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr "Benötigter Port"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr "Umleiten an IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr "Umleiten an Port"
@@ -900,10 +910,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Zone"
@@ -1403,217 +1413,219 @@
msgstr "Eintrag zum Löschen auswählen."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration der Firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Systemstart"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr "Bekannte Firewall-Zonen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration der Netzwerkschnittstellen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr "Erlaubte Dienste, Ports und Protokolle"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen der Broadcast-Pakete"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr "Masquerading-Einstellungen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr "Anfragen an Masqueraded IP umleiten"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für das Protokollieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration der Firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr "Firewall &aktivieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr "Firewall &deaktivieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr "Aktuelle Einstellungen anzeigen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr "Firewall beim Systemstart starten"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr "Firewall manuell starten"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr "Konfigurierte Einträge auflisten"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr "Kurzname der Zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr "Neuen Eintrag hinzufügen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr "Einen Eintrag entfernen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr "Konfigurationsname der Netzwerkschnittstelle"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "Akzeptierte Pakete protokollieren (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "Nicht akzeptierte Pakete protokollieren (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr "Broadcast-Pakete protokollieren (yes|no)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr "Wert festlegen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "Portname oder -nummer; mehrere Ports werden durch Kommata getrennt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr "Bekannter Firewall-Dienst; mehrere Dienste werden durch Kommata getrennt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "TCP-Port-Name oder -Nummer; mehrere Ports werden durch Kommata getrennt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "UDP-Portname oder -nummer; mehrere Ports werden durch Kommata getrennt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "RPC Portname; mehrere Ports werden durch Kommata getrennt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr "IP-Protokollname; mehrere Protokolle werden durch Kommata getrennt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr "Zonenschutz festlegen (yes|no)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr "Detailinformationen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Option aktivieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "Option deaktivieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr "Quell-Netzwerk, wie beispielsweise 0/0 oder 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr "Protokoll (tcp|udp)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr "Angeforderte externe IP (optional)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr "Angeforderte/r Portname oder -nummer"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr "Nach interne IP umleiten"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr "An Port auf interner IP umleiten (optional)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr "Anzahl der Einträge"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr "Portnamen statt Portnummern verwenden"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr "Unbekannte Zone '%1'."
@@ -1626,180 +1638,180 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr "Parameter '%1' muss festgelegt werden."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "Bekannte Firewall-Zonen auflisten:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr "Tastenkürzel"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "Name der Zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr "Zusammenfassung:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Es ist nur ein Parameter erlaubt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr "Start:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr "Firewall beim Systemstart aktivieren..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr "Firewall aus dem Systemstart entfernen..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr "Firewall wird bei Systemstart aktiviert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr "Firewall muss manuell gestartet werden"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "Netzwerkschnittstellen in Firewall-Zonen:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr "Spezieller Firewall-String"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Schnittstelle"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Gerätename"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "Speziellen String '%1' zur Zone '%2' hinzufügen..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "Interface '%1' zu Zone '%2' hinzufügen..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "Speziellen String '%1' aus Zone '%2' entfernen..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "Interface '%1' aus Zone '%2' entfernen..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr "Alle protokollieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr "Nur kritische protokollieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr "Keine protokollieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr "Globale Protokollierungseinstellungen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr "Regel-Typ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Wert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr "Akzeptiert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr "Nicht akzeptiert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr "Broadcast-Pakete protokollieren:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr "Protokollierung aktiviert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr "Protokollierung deaktiviert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr "Kurz"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr "Protokollierungsstatus"
@@ -1808,167 +1820,178 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr "Wert '%1' ist für Option '%2' nicht erlaubt."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr "Erlaubte Broadcast-Ports:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr "Hier ist nur ein Aktionskommando erlaubt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr "Definierte Firewall-Dienste:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr "Name des Dienstes"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr "TCP-Port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr "UDP-Port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr "RPC-Port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr "IP-Protokoll"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr "Erlaubte Dienste in Zonen:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Alle Dienste"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr "Gesamte Zone ungeschützt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr "Dienst-ID"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr "Zusätzlich erlaubte Ports:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr "Alle Ports"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr "Zusätzlich erlaubte IP-Protokolle in Zonen:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr "Alle IP-Protokolle"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr "IP-Protokoll"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr "Unbekannter Dienst '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr "Schutz kann nur für interne Zonen festgelegt werden"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr "Es muss mindestens einer von %1 festgelegt werden."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr "Es muss wenigstens ein Aktionskommando von '%1' gesetzt werden."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr "Anfragen an Masqueraded IP umleiten:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr "Unbekannter Port-Name '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr "Masquerading-Einstellungen:"
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr "überall"
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr "in der %1-Zone"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
-msgstr "Masquerading ist %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
+msgstr "Masquerading ist %1 %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktiviert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktiviert"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr "Es ist nicht genügend Speicherplatz zur Installation aller zusätzlichen Pakete vorhanden."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
@@ -23,63 +23,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Bitmap-Editoren"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "Schriften"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -112,17 +112,17 @@
msgstr "Vermittler"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Hinzufügen"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Bearbeiten"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Löschen"
@@ -250,87 +250,87 @@
msgstr "Ticket darf nicht leer sein"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration der Firewall"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "IP-Adresse des Vermittlers eingeben"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "IP-Adresse des Vermittlers bearbeiten"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr "IP-Adresse Ihrer Site eingeben"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr "IP-Adresse Ihrer Site bearbeiten"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "Ticketname bereits vorhanden!"
#. Validation check before switch to authentication
#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Der Konfigurationsname darf nicht leer sein."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "Der Konfigurationsname darf nicht doppelt vorhanden sein."
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "Port ist ungültig!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr "Transport muss angegeben werden!"
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "Vermittler muss angegeben werden"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr "Site muss angegeben werden!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr "Ticket muss angegeben werden!"
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "Fehler beim Erstellen der Authentifizierungsdatei "
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Authentication file "
-msgstr "Authentifizierungsdatei "
+msgstr "Authentifizierungsdatei"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
msgid " created successfully."
msgstr " erfolgreich erstellt."
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr "GeoCluster-Konfigurationsauswahl"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei auswählen:"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/gtk.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/gtk.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/gtk.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: gtk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr "Die Option 'id' kann nicht mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Dienst"
@@ -116,15 +116,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "Prot."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "Warten"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "User"
msgstr "Benutzer"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
@@ -139,12 +139,12 @@
msgstr "Aus"
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nein"
@@ -160,127 +160,127 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr "Paket %1 wird während des Schreibvorgangs installiert."
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr "Paket %1 wurde nicht installiert. Der Dienst kann nicht bearbeitet werden."
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "Paket %1 wurde erfolgreich installiert."
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr "Alle Dienste &aktivieren"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr "Alle Dienste &deaktivieren"
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr "&Deaktivieren"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr "&Aktivieren"
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr "Aktuell verfügbare Dienste"
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Ch"
msgstr "Geändert"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Type "
msgstr "Typ"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr "Server / Argumente"
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&Hinzufügen"
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Bearbeiten"
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Löschen"
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr "Status &wechseln ('An' oder 'Aus')"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr "Status für alle &Dienste"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "Konfiguration der Netzwerkdienste (xinetd)"
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr "Einen neuen Eintrag für den Dienst hinzufügen"
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr "Der Dienst kann nicht gelöscht werden. Er ist nicht installiert."
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "Um einen Dienst zu löschen, müssen Sie diesen im Hauptdialog markieren."
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr "Um einen Dienst ein- oder auszuschalten, müssen Sie diesen im Hauptdialog markieren."
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "Einen Dienst bearbeiten"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "Um einen Dienst zu bearbeiten, müssen Sie diesen im Hauptdialog markieren."
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
@@ -289,54 +289,54 @@
"Der Internet-Superserver wird deaktiviert."
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Dienst"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr "RPC-Versio&n"
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "Dienst ist &aktiv"
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr "Socket-T&yp"
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "&Warten"
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&Benutzer"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Gruppe"
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "S&erver"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr "Server-Argumen&te"
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr "An&merkung"
@@ -350,14 +350,14 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "-Standard-"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
@@ -366,12 +366,12 @@
"Geben Sie gültige Werte ein.\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr "Der Dienstname enthält das nicht erlaubte Zeichen \"/\"."
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr "Der Benutzer %1 ist nur für interne Serverprozessse reserviert."
@@ -654,57 +654,57 @@
msgstr "Initialisierung ..."
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisierung der inetd-Konfiguration"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "Einlesen der Konfiguration"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Konfiguration wird eingelesen..."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Speichern der inetd-Konfiguration"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden."
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>Alle Dienste sind auf 'gestoppt' gesetzt</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "Netzwerkdienste"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr "Netzwerkdienste werden über %1 verwaltet"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "Diese Dienste werden aktiviert"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/installation.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -113,29 +113,29 @@
"als im Handbuch abgebildet.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr "Dienst %1 starten"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr "Dienst %1 wird gestartet..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr "Netzwerkeinstellungen werden angepasst"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr "Die Netzwerkeinstellungen werden angepasst."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
"Hinweis: Einige Informationen müssen u.U. erneut eingegeben werden."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr "Installation wird gestartet..."
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
msgstr "Blacklist-Geräte werden eingetragen..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Dateien werden in das installierte System kopiert..."
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
msgstr "Aktualisierungen für %1 %2"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt"
@@ -514,14 +514,14 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "&Versionshinweise..."
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -585,44 +585,49 @@
"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung"
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Sprache"
#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "Ja, ich &akzeptiere die Lizenzvereinbarung."
#. Report error about missing license acceptance
-#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
-#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr "Sie müssen den Lizenzbedingungen zustimmen, um dieses Produkt zu installieren."
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr "Speicherort der EULA auf dem installierten System: %s"
+
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
msgid "K&eyboard Test"
msgstr "&Tastaturtest"
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr "Ü&bersetzung der Lizenz..."
@@ -737,16 +742,16 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "Images werden implementiert..."
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -755,7 +760,7 @@
"Installation wird abgebrochen ...\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
@@ -764,20 +769,20 @@
"YaST öffnet einen Paketverwalter, damit Sie den aktuellen Status der Pakete prüfen können."
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Image wird mit einer Geschwindigkeit von %1/s heruntergeladen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Image %1 wird mit einer Geschwindigkeit von %2/s heruntergeladen"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Image wird implementiert..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Image %1 wird implementiert..."
@@ -794,11 +799,11 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr "Zu verwendende &Festplatte"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Festplatte aus, auf der das Image bereitgestellt werden soll. Alle Daten auf der Festplatte gehen verloren, und die Festplatte wird wie im Image definiert partitioniert."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr "Festplatte für Image-Bereitstellung"
@@ -874,71 +879,74 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr "&Paketänderungen anzeigen"
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr "Rufe Schritt %1 auf ..."
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr " * %1"
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr "Installationsfehler"
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Abschluss der Installation"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Erstelle Liste mit Scripten die zum Abschluss aufgerufen werden ..."
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Fertig"
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopieren der Dateien in das installierte System"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration speichern"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Installationseinstellungen speichern"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Installation des Bootmanagers"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "System für den ersten Bootvorgang vorbereiten"
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
+msgstr "Client %1 gab ungültige Daten zurück."
+
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Überprüfe Phase: %1 ..."
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
-msgstr "Rufe Schritt %1 auf ..."
-
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr " * %1"
-
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "Fertig"
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "Installationsfehler"
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -1129,7 +1137,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Pakete werden installiert..."
@@ -1163,7 +1171,7 @@
"Linux-System beinhalten eine kurze Zusammenfassung der neuen Funktionen und Änderungen.</p>\n"
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Es wurden keine Versionshinweise installiert.</p>"
@@ -1188,88 +1196,88 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "Analysieren des Computers"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "USB-Geräte überprüfen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "USB-Geräte werden überprüft..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "FireWire-Geräte überprüfen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "Erkennung der FireWire-Geräte..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "Diskettenlaufwerke überprüfen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "Diskettenlaufwerke überprüfen..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Festplatten-Controller überprüfen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Festplatten-Controller werden überprüft..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Kernelmodule für Festplatten-Controller laden"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Kernelmodule für Festplatten-Controller werden geladen..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Festplatten überprüfen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Festplatten werden überprüft..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Systemdateien suchen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Systemdateien werden gesucht..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Paketverwaltung initialisieren"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Paketverwaltung wird initialisiert..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Systemüberprüfung"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "YaST überprüft jetzt die Computerhardware und die installierten Systeme."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
@@ -1278,7 +1286,7 @@
"Besuchen Sie 'drivers.suse.com', wenn Sie spezielle Hardwaretreiber für die Installation brauchen."
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1288,7 +1296,7 @@
"Bitte überprüfen Sie Ihre Hardware.\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1299,7 +1307,7 @@
"(besonders auf S/390- oder iSCSI-Systemen)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1312,7 +1320,7 @@
"%1\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1321,7 +1329,7 @@
"Installation wird abgebrochen."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
msgid ""
"A valid update could not be found at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1332,7 +1340,7 @@
"\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Could not fetch update from\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1342,20 +1350,47 @@
"%s.\n"
"\n"
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Möchten Sie Ihre Netzwerkkonfiguration überprüfen\n"
+"und die Installation der Aktualisierungen anschließend erneut versuchen?"
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
msgid ""
-"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
"%s\n"
"failed.\n"
"\n"
-"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Es ist ein Fehler beim Herunterladen der Aktualisierungen für das Installationsprogramm von \n"
-"%s\n"
-"aufgetreten.\n"
+"Fehler beim Herunterladen der optionalen \n"
+"Installer-Aktualisierungen von \n"
+"%s.\n"
"\n"
-"Netzwerkkonfiguration prüfen?"
+"Sie können die Installation auch ohne diese Aktualisierungen fortsetzen.\n"
+"Möglicherweise fehlen dann aber einige wichtige Fehlerkorrekturen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie für den Zugriff auf das Aktualisierungs-Repository einen Proxyserver benötigen,\n"
+"verwenden Sie den Bootparameter \"proxy\".\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
@@ -1627,7 +1662,7 @@
"des Systems durchzuführen.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr "Für diese Art der Installation ist kein Workflow definiert."
@@ -1701,6 +1736,22 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration wird gespeichert..."
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr "Es ist nicht sinnvoll, diese Einstellungen auf das System zu schreiben."
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel und Konfiguration importieren"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel und Konfiguration &importieren"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1768,6 +1819,30 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "Protokolldateien werden in das installierte System kopiert..."
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr "Ich möchte die SSH-Schlüssel aus einer früheren Installation importieren"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Jeder SSH-Server wird durch einen oder mehrere öffentliche Hostschlüssel identifiziert. Wenn Sie eine vorhandene Linux-Installation auswählen, können Sie die Hostschlüssel - und damit die Identität - des SSH-Servers weiter verwenden. In diesem Fall werden die Schlüsseldateien (ein Dateienpaar pro Hostschlüssel) aus dem Verzeichnis /etc/ssh auf das neu installierte System kopiert.</p><p>Aktivieren Sie <b>SSH-Konfiguration importieren</b>, wenn neben den Schlüsseln auch die anderen Dateien aus dem Verzeichnis /etc/ssh kopiert werden sollen.</p>"
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "&Gerät"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr "%{system_name} auf %{device}"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr "SSH-Konfiguration importieren"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
@@ -1987,13 +2062,8 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Remote-Verwaltung wird aktiviert..."
-#. skip forward or backward
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
-msgid "System Role"
-msgstr "Systemrolle"
-
#. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
msgstr "Wenn Sie die Systemrolle ändern, werden die vorgenommenen Anpassungen ggf. rückgängig gemacht."
@@ -2008,6 +2078,35 @@
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "Root-Dateisystem-Snapshot wird erstellt..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr "Linux"
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr "Keine frühere Linux-Installation gefunden."
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr "Es werden keine vorhandenen SSH-Hostschlüssel kopiert."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel und Konfiguration werden von %s kopiert."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel werden von %s kopiert."
+
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
@@ -2072,12 +2171,12 @@
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr "Die Informationen zu den Installationsimages konnten nicht gelesen werden"
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "Implementierung..."
@@ -2085,19 +2184,19 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen werden gespeichert..."
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen werden wiederhergestellt..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -60,25 +60,25 @@
msgstr "Medium wechseln"
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Legen Sie CD %1 ein und drücken Sie auf 'Fortfahren'."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Wählen Sie ISO-Image %1 und drücken Sie 'Fortfahren'."
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "Legen Sie CD %1 von %2 ein."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "Wählen Sie ISO-Image %1 von %2."
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
@@ -87,12 +87,12 @@
"einlegen"
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "%1 auswählen"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -105,63 +105,63 @@
"Wählen Sie zunächst das Medium für das Basisprodukt aus."
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr "Kopieren der CD-Inhalte in lokales Verzeichnis"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "Dies kann eine Weile dauern..."
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr "Fehler beim Verschieben des Repository-Inhalts."
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Repository-Konfiguration"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "&CD- oder DVD-Medium lesen"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "Daten&quelle"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr "&ISO-Images verwenden"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "&Verzeichnis mit CD-Images:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "&Verzeichnis wählen"
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Verzeichnis wählen"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr "Kein Name für den Installationsserver vorhanden"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
"Die CDs werden nicht kopiert."
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
@@ -179,20 +179,20 @@
"Paket-CD usw.) hinzugefügt werden?"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "&Name des Repositorys:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "Mit SLP als Installationsdienst &bekannt geben"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr "Ungültiger Repository-Name"
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
"Geben Sie einen anderen Namen ein."
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
"schreibbar ist und versuchen Sie es erneut.\n"
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -229,87 +229,87 @@
"Soll der alte Inhalt wirklich gelöscht und vollständig neu erstellt werden?"
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr "Anfangskonfiguration -- Anfangskonfiguration"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "Keine Netz&werkdienste konfigurieren."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "Ver&zeichnis für Repositorys:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr "Als HTTP-Repository &konfigurieren"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr "Als FTP-Repository &konfigurieren"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "Als NFS-Repository &konfigurieren"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr "Kein Verzeichnispfad für den Installationsserver vorhanden"
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "Installationsserver -- NFS"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Rechner-Wildcard"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Optionen"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr "Fehler beim Konfigurieren von NFS"
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr "Installationsserver -- FTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr "Übergeordnetes Verzeichnis des &FTP-Servers:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "&Verzeichnis-Alias:"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr "Fehler beim Konfigurieren von FTP."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "Installationsserver -- HTTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "&Verzeichnis-Alias"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr "Fehler beim Erstellen der HTTPD-Konfiguration."
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
"klicken Sie dann entsprechend auf <b>Bearbeiten</b> oder <b>Löschen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
@@ -675,72 +675,72 @@
"Sollen die von NFS exportierten Verzeichnisse unverändert bleiben?\n"
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration initialisieren"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei lesen"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr "Neues Repository suchen"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei wird gelesen..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "Neues Repository wird gesucht..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "Die aktuellen Einstellungen können nicht gelesen werden."
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration des Installationsservers"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "SuSEconfig ausführen"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "SuSEconfig wird ausgeführt..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Konfigurierte Repositorys"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -104,14 +104,13 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Hinzufügen"
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Bearbeiten"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Log Out"
-msgstr "Abmelden"
+msgid "Disconnect"
+msgstr "Trennen"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -122,9 +121,6 @@
msgstr "Ermittlung"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Log In"
-msgstr "Anmelden"
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Verbinden"
@@ -165,58 +161,73 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "Hochfahren"
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr "Manuell"
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr "Beim Booten"
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr "Automatisch"
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-Adresse"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Schlüssel"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Wert"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Dienst"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "Verbundene Ziele"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "Ermittelte Ziele"
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "Überblick über iSCSI-Initiator"
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-Initiator</h1>"
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "iSCSI-Initiator-Ermittlung"
@@ -326,34 +337,28 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Liste aktueller Sitzungen. Um ein neues Ziel hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie es aus und klicken Sie auf <b>Hinzufügen</b>.\n"
-"Um eine Sitzung zu entfernen, wählen Sie sie aus und klicken Sie auf <b>Abmelden</b>.\n"
-" Um den Startstatus zu ändern, klicken Sie auf <b>Umschalten</b>.\n"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Liste der aktuellen Sitzungen.</p><p>Mit der Schaltfläche <b>Hinzufügen</b> können Sie weitere Ziele abrufen. Es wird eine Ermittlung gestartet, in der neue Ziele festgestellt werden, wobei der Startmodus der bereits verbundenen Ziele unverändert bleibt.<br>Mit <b>Trennen</b> können Sie die Verbindung abbrechen und das Ziel aus der Liste löschen.<br>Zum Ändern des Startmodus klicken Sie auf <b>Bearbeiten</b>.</p>"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Warnung</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Stellen Sie beim <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>-Zugriff auf ein iSCSI-Gerät sicher, dass dieser Zugriff exklusiv ist. Anderenfalls besteht die Gefahr einer Datenbeschädigung.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> ist ein Wert aus <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi<tt>. \n"
-"Für den Fall, dass Sie über iBFT verfügen, wird dieser Wert von dort übernommen und Sie können ihn nur in der BIOS-Einrichtung ändern.</p>"
+"<p>Der Wert <b>Initiatorname</b> stammt aus <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"Falls Sie iBFT haben, wird dieser Wert von dort hinzugefügt, und Sie können den Wert nur in der BIOS-Konfiguration ändern.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
@@ -361,24 +366,20 @@
"Wenn Sie es bevorzugen, <b>iSNS</b>(Internet Storage Name Service) für das Erkennen von Zielen zu benutzen, statt die\n"
" standardmäßige SendTargets-Methode zu verwenden, tragen Sie die IP-Adresse des iSNS-Servers und den Port ein (Standard-Port sollte 3205 sein).\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie die <b>IP-Adresse</b> des ermittelten Servers ein.\n"
-"Ändern Sie gegebenenfalls nur <b>Port</b>. Verwenden Sie für die Authentifizierung <b>Benutzername</b> und <b>Passwort</b>. Wenn Sie keine Authentifizierung benötigen,\n"
-" wählen Sie <b>Keine Authentifizierung</b>.\n"
+"Geben Sie die <b>IP-Adresse</b> des iSCSI-Zielservers ein.\n"
+"Ändern Sie den Wert für <b>Port</b> nur dann, wenn dies zwingend erforderlich ist. Soll eine Authentifizierung erfolgen, wählen Sie <b>Benutzername</b> und <b>Passwort</b>. Falls keine Authentifizierung erforderlich ist,\n"
+"wählen Sie <b>Keine Authentifizierung</b>.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr "Liste der vom iSCSI-Ziel angebotenen Knoten. Wählen Sie ein Element aus und klicken Sie auf <b>Verbinden</b>."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Authentifizierungstyp aus und geben Sie <b>Benutzername</b> und <b>Passwort</b> ein."
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Hochfahren</h1>"
@@ -399,12 +400,20 @@
"<p><b>automatisch</b> wenn iSCSI-Ziele beim Start des iSCSI-Dienstes gestartet werden.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+msgstr "<h1>Authentifizierung</h1>"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-msgstr "Liste der ermittelten Ziele. Starten Sie eine neue <b>Ermittlung</b> oder <b>verbinden</b> Sie ein beliebiges Ziel."
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Die Standardeinstellung lautet <i>Keine Authentifizierung</i>. Deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen, wenn die Authentifizierung aus Sicherheitsgründen erforderlich ist. Geben Sie den <b>Benutzernamen</b> und das <b>Passwort</b> für 'Eingehende Authentifizierung' und/oder für 'Ausgehende Authentifizierung' an.</p><p><b>Hinweis:</b><br>'Eingehende Authentifizierung' bezeichnet hier die 'Ausgehende Authentifizierung' auf der Seite des iSCSI-Zielservers und umgekehrt.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dieser Bildschirm zeigt die Liste der ermittelten Ziele.</p><p>Mit der Schaltfläche <b>Ermittlung</b> rufen Sie verfügbare iSCSI-Ziele von einem per IP-Adresse angegebenen Server ab.<br>Mit <b>Verbinden</b> stellen Sie die Verbindung zu einem Ziel her. Wenn die Anmeldung erfolgreich war, wird in der Spalte <i>Verbunden</i> der Status 'Wahr' angezeigt und das Ziel wird im Bildschirm <i>Verbundene Ziele</i> aufgeführt.<br>Mit der Schaltfläche <b>Löschen</b> entfernen Sie ein Ziel.<br> <b>Hinweis:</b> Es können nur Ziele entfernt werden, die nicht verbunden sind. Klicken Sie bei Bedarf für <i>Verbundene Ziele</i> zunächst auf <b>Trennen</b>.</p><p><b>Hinweis:</b> Wenn sie die <b>Ermittlung</b> erneut starten, werden die Ziele noch einmal ermittelt, wobei unter Umständen der Startmodus der bereits verbundenen Ziele geändert wird (in die Standardeinstellung 'Manuell'). Sollen neue Ziele hinzugefügt werden, ohne den Startmodus zu ändern, wechseln Sie zum Bildschirm
<i>Verbundene Ziele</i> und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche <b>Hinzufügen</b>.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -439,47 +448,58 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr "Beim Abmelden vom ausgewählten Ziel ist ein Fehler aufgetreten."
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
msgstr "Kein Datensatz gefunden"
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr "Keine gültige IP-Adresse"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr "Port-Feld darf nicht leer sein"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
+msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+msgstr "Falscher Initiatorname"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
msgid ""
-"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Ungültiger InitiatorName.\n"
-"Die korrekte Syntax lautet\n"
-"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-"oder eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
+"Die richtige Syntax lautet\n"
+"iqn.jjjj-mm.umgekehrter.Domänenname[:Kennung]\n"
+"oder eui.jjjj-mm.umgekehrter.Domänenname[:Kennung]\n"
+"\n"
"Beispiel:\n"
-"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"iqn.2007-04.cz.Server:Speicher.Festplatte.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Diesen Namen verwenden?\n"
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Fügen Sie die IP-Adresse ein."
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr "Wählen Sie die IP-Adresse bzw. den Hostnamen aus.\n"
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Geben Sie den Port ein."
@@ -487,36 +507,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr "Wahr"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr "Falsch"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "Das Ziel mit diesem TargetName ist bereits verbunden. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die Mehrwege-Funktion (Multipathing) aktiviert ist, um Beschädigung von Daten zu verhindern."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Fortsetzen"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Abbrechen"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Das Ziel ist bereits verbunden."
@@ -605,7 +625,7 @@
msgstr "alle"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -616,7 +636,13 @@
"Alter Initiatorname wird durch Wert aus iBFT ersetzt und es wird eine Sicherungskopie erstellt.\n"
" Wenn Sie einen anderen initiatorname verwenden möchten, ändern Sie ihn im BIOS.\n"
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
+msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+msgstr "Fehler bei der Verbindung mit dem Ziel.\n"
+
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
msgstr "Authentifizierung verwenden"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr "LUN"
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Hinzufügen"
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Löschen"
@@ -145,13 +145,13 @@
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Keine Authentifizierung"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "Eingehende Authentifizierung"
@@ -159,22 +159,22 @@
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Benutzername"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passwort"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "Ausgehende Authentifizierung"
@@ -415,10 +415,10 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Mit <b>LUN bearbeiten</b> können Sie die LUN-Zuordnung ändern. Beachten Sie, dass die LUN-Zielnummer eindeutig sein muss.<br>Klicken Sie auf <b>Auth bearbeiten</b>, und wählen Sie den Authentifizierungstyp aus, wahlweise <b>Eingehend</b>, <b>Ausgehend</b> oder beide Optionen gleichzeitig. Fügen Sie dann die Angaben zu <b>Benutzer</b> und <b>Passwort</b> ein. Geben Sie in jedem Fall unterschiedliche Werte für die eingehende und die ausgehende Authentifizierung an.\n"
+"<p>Mit <b>LUN bearbeiten</b> können Sie die LUN-Zuordnung ändern. Beachten Sie, dass die LUN-Zielnummer eindeutig sein muss.<br>Klicken Sie auf <b>Auth bearbeiten</b>, und wählen Sie den Authentifizierungstyp aus, wahlweise <b>Eingehend</b>, <b>Ausgehend</b> oder beide Optionen gleichzeitig. Fügen Sie dann die Angaben zu <b>Benutzer</b> und <b>Passwort</b> ein. Für eingehende und ausgehende Authentifizierung sollten Sie zwei verschiedene Kennwörter festlegen.\n"
" Wenn die Option <b>Authentifizierung verwenden</b> im vorherigen Dialogfeld deaktiviert ist, dann ist die Option <b>Auth bearbeiten</b> hier ebenfalls deaktiviert.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
@@ -497,171 +497,171 @@
"Wenn Type=fileio, stellen Sie den <b>Pfad</b> auf Datenträgergerät oder -datei ein.<b>SCSI-ID</b> und <b>Sektoren</b> sind optional."
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr "Problem beim Ändern der Authentifizierung"
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr "Ungültiger Benutzername"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr "Ungültiges Passwort."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "Das ausgewählte LUN wird bereits verwendet!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr "Der ausgewählte Name wird bereits verwendet"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr "Der ausgewählte Pfad muss entweder ein Blockgerät oder eine normale Datei sein!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr "Der ausgewählte Pfad wird bereits verwendet!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
msgid "Path:"
msgstr "Pfad:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "Durchsuchen"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "Datei oder Gerät auswählen"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr "Initiator-LUN"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr "Ziel-LUN"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
msgid "Change:"
msgstr "Änderungen:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr "Ziel-LUN %1 wird mehrfach verwendet!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr "Es muss mindestens eine Authentifizierung aktiviert sein!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr "Name des Initiators:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr "LUNs von TPG importieren"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "Der Initiatorname darf nicht leer sein!"
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "Der Initiatorname ist bereits vorhanden!"
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr "Neuer Initiatorname:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Abbrechen"
#. create items from targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktiviert"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Deaktiviert"
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Soll das ausgewählte Element wirklich gelöscht werden?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr "Problem beim Erstellen von Ziel %1 mit TPG %2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr "Problem beim Festlegen des Netzwerkportals auf %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "Problem beim Entfernen von LUN %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr "Problem beim Festlegen von LUN %1 (Name:%2) auf Pfad %3"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr "Problem beim Festlegen der Authentifizierung auf %1:%2 auf %3"
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "Das Feld für das Ziel darf nicht leer sein."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "Das Feld für die Zielportalgruppe darf nicht leer sein."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "Das Ziel ist bereits vorhanden."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "Eingehend"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "Ausgehend"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr "Keine"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
@@ -675,23 +675,23 @@
"(siehe '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' auf dem Initiator).\n"
"Wirklich ohne Initiatorzugriff fortfahren?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem beim Entfernen von LUN %4 für Initiator %3 in %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem beim Hinzufügen von LUN %4:%5 für Initiator %3 in %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem beim Entfernen von Initiator %3 von %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem beim Erstellen von Initiator %3 für %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem beim Ändern der Authentifizierung für Initiator %3 in %1:%2"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Zur Übernahme der Änderungen ist ein Neustart erforderlich."
@@ -1243,129 +1243,129 @@
"Details siehe %{log}."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Kdump-Konfiguration wird initialisiert"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei wird gelesen..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Kernel-Bootparameter werden gelesen..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr "Speicherbeschränkungen werden berechnet..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen werden gelesen..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Verfügbarer Speicher wird gelesen, Nutzung wird kalibriert..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Die Konfigurationsdatei /etc/sysconfig/kdump konnte nicht gelesen werden."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Die Kernel-Bootparameter konnten nicht gelesen werden."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Der verfügbare Arbeitsspeicher konnte nicht ermittelt werden."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Kdump-Konfiguration wird gespeichert"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Bootparameter aktualisieren"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Bootparameter werden aktualisiert..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen der Crashkernel-Parameter zum Bootloader."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-Status: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "AKTIVIERT"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "DEAKTIVIERT"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Wert(e) der Crashkernel-Option: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dump-Format: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Ziel für Dumps: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Anzahl der Dumps: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr "Warnung! Der freie Speicherplatz reicht wahrscheinlich nicht aus. %{required} erforderlich, jedoch nur %{available} verfügbar."
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kernel-update-tool.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kernel-update-tool.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kernel-update-tool.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: kernel-update-tool\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/linux-user-mgmt.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/linux-user-mgmt.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/linux-user-mgmt.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: linux-user-mgmt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:07\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
@@ -57,27 +57,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Zu kopierende Dateisysteme werden untersucht ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Root-Dateisystem wird kopiert ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Live Abbilder werden kopiert ..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "%1 wird kopiert ..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -92,53 +92,71 @@
"Live-Systems."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Fehler beim Kopieren des Live-Abbildes auf die Festplatte."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installationseinstellungen"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "System wird analysiert ..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "%1%% der Festplatte %2 für Linux reservieren"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Festplatte %1 nicht verwenden"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionierung"
#. end of partitioning summary
+#. bootloader summary
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "System start-up"
+msgstr "Systemstart"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+msgstr "Fragen, ob Linux oder das vorhandene System gestartet werden soll"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
+msgid "Boot only Linux"
+msgstr "Nur Linux starten"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
+msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+msgstr "Zeitablauf bei Systemstart: %1 Sekunde/n"
+
+#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Tastatur"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Zeitzone"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installationseinstellungen ändern"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -147,7 +165,7 @@
"Klicken Sie auf <b>Übernehmen</b>, um eine neue Installation mit den angezeigten Einstellungen durchzuführen.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -158,7 +176,7 @@
"oder wählen Sie <b>Installationseinstellungen ändern</b> aus.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -273,7 +291,7 @@
"den 'Reset'-Knopf drücken um neu zu starten."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Dateien werden in das installierte System kopiert ..."
@@ -297,18 +315,6 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Zeitzone wird gespeichert ..."
-#~ msgid "System start-up"
-#~ msgstr "Systemstart"
-
-#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-#~ msgstr "Fragen, ob Linux oder das vorhandene System gestartet werden soll"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
-#~ msgstr "Nur Linux starten"
-
-#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-#~ msgstr "Zeitablauf bei Systemstart: %1 Sekunde/n"
-
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -307,69 +307,74 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr "Ausgehende Mail"
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr "Führen Sie kein MX Lookup nach dem ausgehenden Mailserver durch."
+
#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr "TLS-Verschlüsselung"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nein"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
msgid "Use"
msgstr "Verwenden"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr "Erzwingen"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr "&Masquerading"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr "&Authentifizierung"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr "Eingehende Mail"
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Details..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr "&fetchmail starten"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "manual"
msgstr "Manuell"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "daemon"
msgstr "Daemon"
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr "&Herunterladen"
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr "&Aliase..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr "&Virtuelle Domains ..."
@@ -377,7 +382,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -390,7 +395,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -403,39 +408,39 @@
"Bitte wiederholen Sie die Eingabe.\n"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr "Neuschreiben der Absender-Adresse..."
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr "&Lokaler Benutzer"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr "&Anzeigen als"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr "Die Adresse dieses Benutzers wurde bereits festgelegt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr "Ungültiges Format für die Mail-Adresse"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr "Masquerading"
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr "Masquerading für &lokale Domains"
@@ -445,23 +450,23 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr "Ma&squerading für weitere Domains"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr "Do&mains, auf die Masquerading angewendet werden soll"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
msgid "Local user"
msgstr "Lokaler Benutzer"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
msgid "Display as"
msgstr "Anzeigen als"
@@ -470,23 +475,23 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "&Hinzufügen"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Bearbeiten"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "&Löschen"
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr "Ungültiger Domainname"
@@ -494,106 +499,106 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr "Authentifizierung für ausgehenden Server"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr "Ausgehender &Server"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
msgid "&User name"
msgstr "&Benutzername"
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passwort"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr "Herunterladen von Mail"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr "Benutzer"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "&Löschen"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr "Umleitung eingehender Mail"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr "&Alias"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr "&Zieladressen"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr "Das Format des Alias ist falsch."
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr "Die Zieladressen für diesen Alias wurden bereits festgelegt."
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr "Aliase"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "Alias"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr "Zieladressen"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr "Virtuelle Domains"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr "Mail-Konfiguration"
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialisierung..."
@@ -877,12 +882,12 @@
msgstr "Zum IMAP-Server"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Der Virus-Scanner AMaViS wird installiert.\n"
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -893,56 +898,56 @@
" Konfigurieren Sie manuell einen Scanner."
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Das Programm Fetchmail zum Herunterladen von Mails wird installiert.\n"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Dovecot-IMAP-Server wird installiert.\n"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr "Mailkonfiguration initialisieren ..."
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr "Mail Transport Agent (MTA) wird festgelegt..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen werden eingelesen..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr "Masquerading-Einstellungen werden eingelesen..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr "Download-Einstellungen werden eingelesen..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr "Alias-Tabellen werden eingelesen..."
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen für Authentifizierung werden gelesen..."
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n"
@@ -953,160 +958,160 @@
"%2"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr "Fehler beim Schreiben der fetchmail-Konfiguration."
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr "Fehler beim Schreiben der Datei: %1"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
msgstr "Fehler bei der Ausführung von config.postfix"
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr "Fehler beim Starten des Dienstes: %1"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr "Masquerading-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr "Alias-Tabellen werden geschrieben..."
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr "Download-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen für Authentifizierung werden geschrieben..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr "Schreiben der Konfigurationsdateien wird beendet..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr "Ausführung von Config Postfix"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr "Dienste werden neu gestartet..."
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr "Mail-Konfiguration speichern"
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Andere"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr "Dauerhaft"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr "Einwahl"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr "Kein"
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
msgid "MTA"
msgstr "MTA"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr "Verbindungsart"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr "Ausgehender Mailserver"
#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr "Header 'Von'"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr "Lokale Domains"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr "Masquerading für weitere Domains"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr "Masquerading für Benutzer"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr "Entfernte SMTP-Verbindungen akzeptieren"
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr "AMaViS verwenden"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr "DKIM verwenden"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr "Fetchmail"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr "Virtuelle Benutzer"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Authentifizierung"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 10:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed
#. only for "post" type snapshots)
#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed)
-#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277
+#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278
msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot."
msgstr "Fehler beim Erstellen eines Dateisystem-Snapshots."
@@ -123,16 +123,13 @@
msgstr "<p>Dies ist eine Übersicht über Produktmigration.</p>\n"
#. @return [String] translated headline
-#. to get the _() method
-#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45
msgid "Migration proposal"
msgstr "Migrationsvorschlag"
#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with
#. list of modules
-#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all
-#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients
-#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To start online migration, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ncurses-pkg.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ncurses-pkg.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ncurses-pkg.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:07\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ncurses.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ncurses.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ncurses.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/network.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -332,13 +332,13 @@
msgstr "Fehler bei der Installation der heruntergeladenen Hinweise."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "Verbindung aufbauen"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -347,13 +347,13 @@
"Details entnehmen Sie bitte den Protokollen.\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr "Es ist keine URL für die Versionshinweise angegeben. Der Test der Internetverbindung kann daher nicht durchgeführt werden."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
"zurückkehren möchten, klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen'.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
@@ -379,12 +379,12 @@
"Details entnehmen Sie bitte den Protokollen."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "Patches abfragen"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
"Details entnehmen Sie bitte den Protokollen.\n"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "Verbindung abbauen"
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration"
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@
msgstr "Gateway"
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Netzmaske"
@@ -676,76 +676,76 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr "Kein Eintrag für Ziel '%1' in der Routing-Tabelle"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "%s-Weiterleitung ist aktiviert"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "%s-Weiterleitung ist deaktiviert"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "%s-Weiterleitung wird aktiviert..."
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "%s-Weiterleitung wird deaktiviert..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IPv4-Weiterleitung:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IPv6-Weiterleitung:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IPv4- und IPv6-Weiterleitung:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr "Mindestens Ziel- und Gateway-IP-Adressen müssen angegeben werden."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr "Ziel '%1' wird zur Routing-Tabelle hinzugefügt..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "Ziel-IP-Adresse muss angegeben werden."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr "Mindestens einer der folgenden Parameter muss angegeben werden: gateway, netmask, device, options"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr "Ziel '%1' wird in der Routing-Tabelle aktualisiert..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr "Ziel '%1' wird aus der Routing-Tabelle gelöscht..."
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Warnung: Es wird keine Verschlüsselung verwendet."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Ändern Sie dies."
@@ -846,70 +846,70 @@
msgstr "Drahtlose USB-Netzwerkkarte"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "Netzwerkgerät unbekannt"
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr "Als %1 konfiguriert"
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "Als %1 mit Provider %2 konfiguriert"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "Als %1 mit Provider %2 (Protokoll %3) konfiguriert"
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "Ohne Adresse konfiguriert (KEINE)"
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "Ohne Adresse konfiguriert"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "Mit der Adresse %1 konfiguriert"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "Mit der Adresse %1 (entfernte %2) konfiguriert"
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "Mit %1 konfiguriert"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "Als %1 mit der Adresse %2 konfiguriert"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "Als %1 mit der Adresse %2 (entferntes %3) konfiguriert"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "Als %1 mit %2 konfiguriert"
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "Verwaltet"
@@ -1048,18 +1048,18 @@
msgstr "Protokoll &wählen:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Adressen"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr "IPv4-Adresskennung"
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-Adresse"
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
@@ -1088,156 +1088,156 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "&Löschen"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "&Name der Schnittstelle"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "Schnittstelle der Firewall-&Zone zuweisen"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "&Obligatorische Schnittstelle"
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "&Gerätetyp"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "&Konfigurationsname"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr "Tunneleigentümer"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "Tunnelgruppe"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Bridge-Geräte"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr "Echte Schnittstelle für &VLAN"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr "VLAN ID"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr "Untergeordnete Bond-Geräte und Reihenfolge"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Nach oben"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Nicht verbunden"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr "Bond-&Slaves"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "&Bond-Treiberoptionen"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die Bond-Treiberoptionen aus und bearbeiten Sie sie im Bedarfsfall. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr "Keine Link- und IP-Konfiguration (Bonding Slaves)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr "iBFT-Werte verwenden"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "Dynamische Adresse"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr "DHCP, Version 4 und 6"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr "DHCP, nur Version 4"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr "DHCP, nur Version 6"
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr "Statisch zugewiesene IP-Adresse"
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr "&Subnetzmaske"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&Hostname"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr "&Entfernte IP-Adresse"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Entfernte IP-Adresse ist ungültig"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1248,13 +1248,13 @@
"Erkennung falsch ist."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Konfiguration %1 existiert bereits"
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1268,20 +1268,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Keine gültige IP-Adresse."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Keine gültige Netzmaske oder Präfixlänge."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ungültiger Hostname."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@
"Wirklich den Hostnamen leer lassen?\n"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1306,60 +1306,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Allgemein"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Geräteaktivierung"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Firewall-Zone"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie die besonderen Einstellungen für die Netzwerkkarte konfigurieren.</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Konfigurieren Sie Ihre IP-Adresse.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Bond-Slaves"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "Draht&los"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "Ifplugd-Priorität"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1374,10 +1374,27 @@
"Schnittstelle gesetzt werden. </p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Netzwerkkarte einrichten"
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Die ausgewählten Schnittstellen verwenden den gleichen physischen Port, weshalb ein Bonding \n"
+"vermutlich nicht zur gewünschten Redundanz führt.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Wollen Sie wirklich fortfahren?\n"
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
@@ -1575,23 +1592,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr "Unmöglicher Wert für bootproto."
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr "Der Wert ist für den Startmodus nicht möglich."
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr "Für eine statische Einrichtung wird die \"ip\"-Option benötigt."
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "Das Gerät wurde gelöscht."
@@ -1653,7 +1670,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1665,7 +1682,7 @@
"Fügen Sie zuerst die Add-On-CD Ihren YaST-Repositorys hinzu\n"
"und kehren Sie dann zu diesem Konfigurationsdialog zurück.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1682,20 +1699,20 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "Firmware wird installiert"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr "Für eine erfolgreiche Firmware-Installation muss das Skript 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' ausgeführt werden. Soll es jetzt ausgeführt werden?"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "Bei der Installation der Firmware ist ein Fehler aufgetreten."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1710,12 +1727,12 @@
" wird die Schnittstelle nicht mehr von NetworkManager verwaltet.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr "Augewähltes Gerät hat die Option STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wirklich löschen?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Methode für den Netzwerkaufbau"
@@ -1724,7 +1741,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Netzwerkeinstellungen"
@@ -1908,7 +1925,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "&Netzwerkkarte"
@@ -1918,7 +1935,7 @@
msgstr "S&uche"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
@@ -1927,7 +1944,7 @@
"Geben Sie einen anderen Namen ein."
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration der S/390-Netzwerkkarte"
@@ -1935,131 +1952,131 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für S/390-Device"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&Port-Name"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Portnummer"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "IPA-Übernahme aktivieren"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "&Schicht-2-Unterstützung aktivieren"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC-Adresse (Schicht 2)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "Lesekanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "Schreibkanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Steuerkanal"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Geben Sie den <b>Port-Namen</b> für diese Schnittstelle ein (Groß- und Kleinschreibung beachten).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Geben Sie die zusätzlichen <b>Optionen</b> für diese Schnittstelle ein (getrennt durch Leerzeichen).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>IPA-Übernahme aktivieren</b>, wenn die Übernahme von IP-Adressen für diese Schnittstelle aktiviert werden soll.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Schicht-2-Unterstützung aktivieren</b>, wenn diese Karte mit Schicht-2-Unterstützung konfiguriert wurde.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Geben Sie die <b>MAC-Adresse (Schicht 2)</b> ein, wenn diese Karte mit Schicht-2-Unterstützung konfiguriert wurde.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "&Port-Nummer"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&LANCMD-Timeout"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die <b>Port-Nummer</b> für diese Schnittstelle.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Geben Sie die <b>LANCMD-Timeout<</b> für diese Schnittstelle an.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "Kompatibilitätsmodus"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Erweiterter Modus"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "CTC-basiertes tty (Linux-zu-Linux-Verbindungen)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "Kompatibilitätsmodus mit OS/390 und z/OS"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie das <b>Protokoll</b> für diese Schnittstelle.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "Name des &Peers"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2068,8 +2085,7 @@
"z. B. den z/VM-Benutzernamen, mit dem Sie sich verbinden möchten\n"
"(Groß- und Kleinschreibung beachten).</p>\n"
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -2079,7 +2095,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Hardwaredialog"
@@ -2733,29 +2749,29 @@
"im gleichen Verzeichnis in der Datei 'wireless'.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "IPv4-&Adresskennung"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Netz&maske"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr "Label ist zu lang."
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Die IP-Adresse ist ungültig."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "Ungültige Subnetzmaske"
@@ -2935,127 +2951,127 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr "Keine Verschlüsselung"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr "WEP - Offen"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr "WEP - Gemeinsamer Schlüssel"
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA Version 1 oder 2)"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA Version 1 oder 2)"
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration der drahtlosen Netzwerkkarte"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Funkgeräte"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr "Be&triebsmodus"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "Ad-hoc"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Master"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "Ne&tzwerkname (ESSID)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "Netzwerk durchsuchen"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr "&Authentifizierungsmodus"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr "&Verschlüsselungs-Key"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für E&xperten"
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr "&WEP-Schlüssel"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "Der WPA-Authentifizierungsmodus ist nur im verwalteten Betriebsmodus möglich."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Geben Sie den Netzwerknamen für diesen Modus ein."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "Der Netzwerkname darf nicht mehr als 31 Zeichen enthalten."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "Das Passwort muss zwischen 8 und (einschließlich) 63 Zeichen enthalten."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "Der Schlüssel muss aus %1 Hexadezimalzahlen bestehen."
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "Der Verschlüsselungs-Key ist ungültig."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "Geben Sie den Verschlüsselungsschlüssel für diesen Authentifizierungsmodus an."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3065,13 +3081,13 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "Experteneinstellungen für Funkgeräte"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
@@ -3080,7 +3096,7 @@
"(selten benötigt).</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3093,7 +3109,7 @@
"Kanäle 'springt', um Zugriffspunkte zu finden.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
@@ -3102,7 +3118,7 @@
"<b>Bitrate</b> festlegen. Standard ist 'so schnell als möglich'.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
@@ -3111,7 +3127,7 @@
"möglicherweise durch Eingabe der MAC-Adresse den Punkt für die Verbindung festlegen.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3123,32 +3139,32 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automatisch"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "&Kanal"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "B&itrate"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "&Zugriffspunkt"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "&Power-Management verwenden"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "AP-Scanmodus"
@@ -3234,12 +3250,12 @@
msgstr "Als Standard &festlegen"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "Zertifikat auswählen"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
@@ -3248,7 +3264,7 @@
"bösartigen drahtlosen Netzwerken enden. Ohne CA fortfahren?"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3257,47 +3273,47 @@
"oder das Client-Zertifikat ein."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Beliebig"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP-Details"
@@ -3312,34 +3328,45 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
-msgstr "Fernverwaltung &zulassen"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
+msgstr "Fernverwaltung mit Sitzungsmanagement &zulassen"
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr "Fernverwaltung ohne Sitzungsmanagement &zulassen"
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "Fernverwaltung &nicht zulassen"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Einstellungen für Fernverwaltung</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Wenn diese Funktion aktiviert ist, können Sie diesen\n"
-"Computer via Fernzugriff von einem anderen Computer verwalten. Verwenden Sie dazu\n"
-"einen VNC-Client wie krdc (über eine Verbindung mit <tt><Hostname>:%1</tt>) oder\n"
-"einen Java-fähigen Webbrowser (über eine Verbindung mit <tt>http://<Hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"Diese Art der Fernverwaltung ist weniger sicher als SSH.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Fernverwaltungseinstellungen</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Wenn diese Funktion aktiviert ist, können Sie dieses System\n"
+"via Fernzugriff von einem anderen System verwalten. Hierzu können Sie einen\n"
+"VNC-Client, z. B. krdc (Verbindung mit <tt><Hostname>:%1</tt>) oder\n"
+"einen Java-fähigen Webbrowser (Verbindung mit <tt>https://<Hostname>:%2/</tt>) verwenden.</p>\n"
+"<p>Ohne Sitzungsmanagement kann innerhalb einer Sitzung jeweils\n"
+"nur ein Benutzer verbunden sein, und diese Sitzung wird beendet, sobald der VNC-Client\n"
+"die Verbindung trennt.</p><p>Mit Sitzungsmanagement können innerhalb einer Sitzung\n"
+"mehrere Benutzer miteinander interagieren, und die Sitzung kann fortbestehen, selbst wenn kein Client mehr verbunden ist.</p>"
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "Fernverwaltungseinstellungen"
@@ -3382,7 +3409,7 @@
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
@@ -3391,33 +3418,33 @@
"oder ist vollständig deaktiviert. YaST kann einige Optionen nicht konfigurieren."
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Netzwerkkarten"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modems"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN-Karten"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL-Geräte"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Alle Netzwerkgeräte"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "Der Hostname ist ungültig."
@@ -3586,12 +3613,12 @@
msgstr "Host-Aliase"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "Hos&t-Aliase"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "Der Aliasname \"%1\" ist ungültig."
@@ -3631,36 +3658,36 @@
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Ziel"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "Ge&nmask"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Gateway"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "Ge&rät"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "Ungültiges Ziel"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Ungültige Gateway-IP-Adresse"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Ungültige Subnetzmaske"
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Ungültiger Standard-Gateway"
@@ -3906,35 +3933,35 @@
"(KDE-Plasma-Miniprogramm für KDE und nm-applet für GNOME).\n"
"Stellen Sie sicher, dass es aktiv ist und falls nicht, starten Sie es manuell."
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "Allgemeine Netzwerkeinstellungen"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "IPv6-Protokoll-Einstellungen"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 aktivieren"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Gerät unbekannt"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-Adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Keine IP-Adresse zugewiesen"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
@@ -3943,12 +3970,12 @@
"%2 - %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "&Gerät ändern"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "Netzwerkgeräteauswahl"
@@ -3957,7 +3984,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
msgid "configured"
msgstr "konfiguriert"
@@ -4006,7 +4033,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Update der Konfiguration"
@@ -4029,7 +4056,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Konfiguration wird aktualisiert..."
@@ -4079,62 +4106,62 @@
msgstr "/etc/hosts wird aktualisiert..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisierung der Netzwerkkonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Netzwerkgeräte erkennen"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Treiberinformationen lesen"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Gerätekonfiguration einlesen"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration einlesen"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen einlesen"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Hostnamen- und DNS-Konfiguration lesen"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Installationsinformationen einlesen"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration einlesen"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Erkennung des aktuellen Status."
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Erkennung für ndiswrapper wird ausgeführt ..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
@@ -4144,7 +4171,7 @@
"aber das Kernelmodul wurde nicht mittels 'modprobe' geladen.\n"
"Soll ndiswrapper mit 'modprobe' geladen werden?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
@@ -4153,275 +4180,275 @@
"Überprüfen Sie die Konfiguration manuell.\n"
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Erkennung der Netzwerkgeräte läuft..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Gerätekonfiguration wird eingelesen..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird eingelesen..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden eingelesen..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Hostnamen- und DNS-Konfiguration wird gelesen..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Installationsinformationen werden eingelesen...."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration wird eingelesen..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Erkennung des aktuellen Status läuft..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Zur Übernahme dieser Änderung ist ein Neustart erforderlich."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Speichern der Netzwerkkonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Treiberinformationen schreiben"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Gerätekonfiguration schreiben"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration schreiben"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration schreiben"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Hostnamen- und DNS-Konfiguration schreiben"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Netzwerkdienste einrichten"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Netzwerkdienste aktivieren"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf wird geschrieben..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Gerätekonfiguration wird geschrieben..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird geschrieben..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration wird geschrieben..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Hostnamen- und DNS-Konfiguration wird geschrieben..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Netzwerkdienste einrichten..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Netzwerkdienste werden aktiviert..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Kein Netzwerk aktiv"
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Netzwerkmodus"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Von NetworkManager gesteuerte Schnittstellen"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "NetworkManager deaktivieren"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Herkömmliche Netzwerkkonfiguration mit NetControl - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "NetworkManager aktivieren"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Unterstützung für IPv6-Protokoll ist aktiviert"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 deaktivieren"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Unterstützung für IPv6-Protokoll ist deaktiviert"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
msgid "connected"
msgstr "verbunden"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr "Datagramm"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Beim Booten automatisch gestartet"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Automatisch bei Kabelverbindung gestartet"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Verwaltet von NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Wird unter keinen Umständen gestartet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Manuell gestartet"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-Adresse zugewiesen über"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-Adresse: %s/%s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP-Adresse: %s, Subnetzmaske %s"
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Nicht konfiguriert"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Gerätename: %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Bonding-Slaves"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "Slave in %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Bonding-Master"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Nicht verbunden"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Keine Hardwareinformationen"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "Die Netzwerkkarte kann nicht konfiguriert werden, da das Kernel-Gerät (eth0, wlan0) nicht vorhanden ist. Oft wird dieser Fehler durch fehlende Firmware (für WLAN-Geräte) verursacht. Weitere Details siehe dmesg-Ausgabe."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
@@ -4429,17 +4456,17 @@
"Das Gerät ist nicht konfiguriert. Klicken Sie auf <b>Bearbeiten</b>,\n"
"und konfigurieren Sie es.\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Benötigte Firmware"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
@@ -4448,35 +4475,38 @@
"Die Firewall-Einstellungen werden deaktiviert."
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Display-Manager konfigurieren"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Dienste neu starten"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Speichern der Fernverwaltung"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Display-Manager wird konfiguriert..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Dienst wird neu gestartet..."
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "Fehler beim Aktivieren des Diensts %{service}"
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Deaktivieren des Diensts %{service}"
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4487,11 +4517,11 @@
"starten Sie den Manager manuell neu oder melden Sie sich ab und dann wieder an."
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Fernverwaltung ist aktiviert."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Fernverwaltung ist deaktiviert."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
"Gültige Domain: %3"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
" Einhängepunkt '%1'."
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -383,12 +383,12 @@
msgstr "Konfiguration des NFS-Client"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "Das Verzeichnis '%1' konnte nicht angelegt werden."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -399,42 +399,42 @@
" NFS-Client-Konfiguration vorgenommen.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "NFS-Konfiguration wird geschrieben"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "Dienste stoppen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "Dienste starten"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "Dienste werden gestoppt..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "Dienste werden gestartet..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Einstellungen des NFS-Client werden geschrieben. Bitte warten..."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr ""
"Die NFS-Verzeichnisse, die in der Datei /etc/fstab\n"
@@ -442,12 +442,12 @@
"werden."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "NFS-Einträge"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "%1 Einträge konfiguriert"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs_server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs_server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs_server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -70,27 +70,27 @@
msgstr "Ja/Nein-Option zum Aktivieren/Deaktivieren des sicheren NFS."
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "NFS-Server ist aktiviert"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "Der NFS-Server ist deaktiviert"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Benötigte Pakete (%1) sind nicht installiert."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Kein Einhängepunkt angegeben"
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr "Zur Festlegung der Domain muss NFSv4 aktiviert sein. Führen Sie das Kommando 'set enablev4' aus."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr "Das Kommando 'set' muss in der Form 'set option=wert' eingegeben werden. Mit 'set help' können Sie Informationen über die verfügbaren Optionen abrufen."
@@ -166,59 +166,48 @@
"Die Konfigurationsdatei enthält höchstwahrscheinlich falsche Leerzeichen.\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "Zu exportierendes &Verzeichnis"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Durchsuchen..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr "Der Exportpfad muss eine Angabe enthalten. Beispiel: /exports."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "Dieses Verzeichnis ist bereits in der Exporttabelle enthalten."
-#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-"with spaces in their names.\n"
-"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-msgstr ""
-"Der NFS-Server für den Benutzer-Modus (%1) kann keine Verzeichnisse\n"
-"mit Leerzeichen im Namen exportieren.\n"
-"Verwenden Sie hierfür den Kernel-basierten Server (%2)."
-
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "Das Verzeichnis ist nicht vorhanden. Soll es erstellt werden?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Wählen Sie das zu exportierende Verzeichnis"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Rechner-Wildcard"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "O&ptionen"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
@@ -227,7 +216,7 @@
"NFSv4 aktiviert ist (vorherige Seite)\n"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -237,12 +226,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr "Die Datei /etc/idmapd.conf kann nicht gelesen werden. Die Standardeinstellung der Domain wird auf 'localdomain' gesetzt."
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -251,7 +240,7 @@
"und einige Verzeichnisse an andere exportiert werden sollen.</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
@@ -259,7 +248,7 @@
"<P>Wenn Sie <B>NFS-Server starten</B> auswählen, wird durch Klicken auf <B>Weiter</B> ein\n"
"Konfigurationsdialogfeld geöffnet, in dem Sie die zu exportierenden Verzeichnisse angeben.</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -270,7 +259,7 @@
"'localdomain' oder ziehen Sie im Zweifelsfall die Handbuchseite zu idmapd und idmapd.conf zu Rate.</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
@@ -279,44 +268,44 @@
" Um die GSS-API verwenden zu können, müssen zurzeit Kerberos und gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) auf dem System vorhanden sein</P>\n"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-Server"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Starten"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "&Nicht starten"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "NFSv4 aktivieren"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "NFS&v4 aktivieren"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "NFSv4-Do&mänennamen eingeben:"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "&GSS-Sicherheit aktivieren"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration des NFS-Servers"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -327,7 +316,7 @@
"dieses Verzeichnisses berechtigt sind.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
@@ -337,68 +326,63 @@
"Es kann sich um einen einzelnen Host, um Gruppen, Platzhalter oder\n"
"IP-Netzwerke handeln.</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
+#. Help, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Geben Sie statt eines Namens ein Sternchen (<tt>*</tt>) ein, um alle Hosts anzugeben.</p>"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
-msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Lassen Sie das Feld leer, um alle Hosts anzugeben.</p>"
-
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <tt>man exports</tt>.</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "&Verzeichnis hinzufügen"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Bearbeiten"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "En&tfernen"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Rechner-Platzhalter"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Optionen"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "&Host hinzufügen"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Be&arbeiten"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "&Löschen"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Zu exportierende Verzeichnisse"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -407,7 +391,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -419,72 +403,60 @@
"Änderungen geben.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Schreiben der NFS-Server-Konfiguration"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "Speichern von /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Dienste neu starten"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "/etc/exports wird gespeichert..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Dienste werden neu gestartet..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Einstellungen des NFS-Servers werden gespeichert. Bitte warten..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Schreiben in idmapd.conf nicht möglich."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
-msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-msgstr "Starten von idmapd nicht möglich. Überprüfen Sie die Domäneneinstellung."
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
-msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgstr "Neustart von idmapd nicht möglich."
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
-msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-msgstr "Stoppen von idmapd nicht möglich."
-
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr "Starten von svcgssd nicht möglich. Stellen Sie die ordnungsgemäße Kerberos- und gssapi-Einrichtung (nfs-utils) sicher."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
-msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
-msgstr "'svcgssd' wird bereits ausgeführt. Neustart nicht möglich."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
+msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+msgstr "Dienst 'svcgssd' kann nicht neu gestartet werden."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr "'svcgssd' wird ausgeführt. Stoppen nicht möglich."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -494,11 +466,11 @@
"des Rechners aktiv sein.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "Von NFS exportierte Verzeichnisse"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr "Die NFSv4-Domain für die ID-Zuordnung ist %1."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -260,9 +260,10 @@
msgstr "&Adressen der NIS-Server"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
-msgstr "Br&oadcast"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
+msgstr "&Broadcast"
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
@@ -375,11 +376,6 @@
msgstr "&Server (getrennt durch Leerzeichen oder Kommas)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr "&Broadcast"
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr "&SLP"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr "NTP-Konfiguration wird geschrieben..."
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr "<p>Drücken Sie auf <b>Jetzt synchronisieren</b>, um mithilfe des ausgewählten NTP-Servers die Systemzeit korrekt festzulegen. Wenn NTP ständig verwendet werden soll, aktivieren Sie die Option <b>NTP-Konfiguration speichern</b>.</p>"
@@ -29,48 +29,48 @@
msgstr "<p>Mit der Option <b>NTP als Daemon starten</b> wird der NTP-Dienst als Daemon gestartet. Andernfalls wird die Systemzeit periodisch synchronisiert. Das Standardintervall ist 15 min. Sie können es nach der Installation im <b>YaST2-Modul ntp-client</b> ändern.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mittels des Schalters <b>Konfigurieren</b>, öffnen Sie die erweiterte NTP-Konfiguration.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Die Synchronisation mit dem NTP-Server ist nur möglich, wenn das Netzwerk konfiguriert ist.</p>"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr "Ungültiger NTP-Server-Hostname %1"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "&NTP-Server-Adresse"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr "NTP als Daemon sta&rten"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP-Konfiguration &speichern"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr "Jetzt s&ynchronisieren"
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr "&Konfigurieren..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
"wenn das Paket %1 installiert ist."
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Synchronisation mit NTP-Server..."
@@ -298,273 +298,269 @@
msgstr "JJY-Empfänger"
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr "NTP-Client-Konfigurationsmodul"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr "Status des NTP-Daemon drucken"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr "Alle konfigurierten Synchronisationsverbindungen drucken"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP-Daemon aktivieren"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP-Daemon deaktivieren"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr "Neue Synchronisationsverbindung hinzufügen"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr "Vorhandene Synchronisationsverbindung bearbeiten"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr "Eine Synchronisationsverbindung löschen"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr "Die Adresse des Servers"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr "Die Adresse des Peers"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr "Adresse für das Broadcast"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr "Adresse, von der Broadcast-Meldungen akzeptiert werden"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr "Optionen der Verbindung"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr "Optionen für das Kalibrieren des Uhrtreibers"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "Server für initiale Synchronisation verwenden"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "Server nicht für initiale Synchronisation verwenden"
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr "Synchronisations-Peer nicht angegeben"
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr "Angegebener Synchronisations-Peer nicht gefunden."
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr "NTP-Daemon ist aktiviert."
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr "NTP-Daemon ist deaktiviert."
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Peer"
msgstr "Peer"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "Broadcast"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr "Info via Broadcast akzeptieren"
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr "Gerätezahl: %1"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr "Lokale Funkuhr"
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr "Einlesen der Einstellungen fehlgeschlagen"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "NTP-Server-Konfiguration"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP-Konfiguration"
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen"
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr "Sicherheitseinstellungen"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr "Erweiterte NTP-Konfiguration"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr "Neue Synchronisierung"
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Servereinstellungen"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr "NTP-Server"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr "Lokaler NTP-Server"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr "Öffentlicher NTP-Server"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr "NTP-Peer"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr "Lokale Referenzuhr"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "Ausgangs-Broadcast"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "Eingangs-Broadcast"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr "&Referenz-ID"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr "&Stratum"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr "Kalibrierung Offset 1"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr "Kalibrierung Offset 2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr "Flagge &1"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr "Flagge &2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr "Flagge &3"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr "Flagge &4"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr "Kalibrieren des Uhrtreibers"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -573,7 +569,7 @@
"Bitte warten...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -583,7 +579,7 @@
"die Schaltflche <b>Abbrechen</b> klicken.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -592,7 +588,7 @@
"Bitte warten...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -602,24 +598,21 @@
"Brechen Sie den Speichervorgang mit <b>Abbrechen</b> ab.\n"
"Ein zusätzlicher Dialog informiert Sie darüber, ob dies eine sichere Aktion ist.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>NTP-Daemon starten</big></b><br>\n"
-"Angabe, ob der NTP-Daemon jetzt und dann bei jedem Systemstart gestartet werden soll. \n"
-"Der NTP-Daemon löst die Hostnamen beim Initialisieren auf. Die\n"
-"Netzverbindung muss hergestellt werden, bevor der NTP-Daemon gestartet wird.</p>\n"
-"Wenn Sie die Option <b>Ohne Daemon synchronisieren</b> aktivieren, wird der NTP-Daemon nicht aktiviert. \n"
-"Die Systemzeit wird in regelmäßigen, konfigurierbaren Abständen festgelegt (standardmäßig alle 15 Minuten).\n"
-" Diesen Punkt konnten Sie beim Einrichten des Systems ändern."
+"Geben Sie an, ob der NTP-Daemon sofort und bei jedem Systemstart gestartet werden soll. \n"
+"Bei Auswahl von <b>Ohne Daemon synchronisieren\n"
+"</b> wird der NTP-Daemon nicht aktiviert\n"
+"und die Systemzeit wird regelmäßig durch ein <i>cron</i>-Skript eingestellt. \n"
+"Das Intervall der Skriptausführung ist konfigurierbar (Standard: %d Minuten)."
#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
@@ -647,7 +640,7 @@
"Zugriffskontroll-Markierungen können in der Server-Übersichtstabelle noch feiner bearbeitet werden. Diese Option ist nicht verfügbar falls Sie NTP via DHCP konfiguriert haben.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -663,7 +656,7 @@
"vom DHCP-Server bereitgestellt werden.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -679,7 +672,7 @@
"<b>Löschen</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -688,7 +681,7 @@
"<p>Zum Anzeigen der Protokolle des NTP-Daemons klicken Sie auf <b>Protokoll anzeigen</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -699,7 +692,7 @@
"einer lokal verbundenen Uhr konfiguriert werden soll, verwenden Sie <b>Erweiterte Konfiguration</b>."
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
@@ -708,7 +701,7 @@
"Wählen Sie den Treiber für die zu konfigurierende Uhr.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -719,7 +712,7 @@
"<b>Gerätezahl</b> festlegen.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -737,7 +730,7 @@
"muss manuell erstellt werden.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
@@ -746,7 +739,7 @@
"Zum Kalibrieren des Uhrtreibers klicken Sie <b>Treiber-Kalibrierung</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -759,7 +752,7 @@
"Internetdienstanbieter.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -772,7 +765,7 @@
"wählen Sie zwischen <b>Lokaler NTP-Server</b> und <b>Öffentlicher NTP-Server</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -782,7 +775,7 @@
"Wenn Sie testen wollen, ob der gewählte Server in Betrieb ist und antwortet, klicken Sie auf <b>Test</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -793,7 +786,7 @@
"verwenden Sie <b>Adresse</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -804,7 +797,7 @@
"verwenden Sie das Textfeld <b>Adresse</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -816,7 +809,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -828,7 +821,7 @@
"die entsprechenden Optionen im Textfeld <b>Optionen</b> ein. Einzelheiten entnehmen Sie bitte dem Dokument\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -847,7 +840,7 @@
"<b>NTP-Dienst auf konfigurierte Server beschränken</b> aktiviert ist.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
@@ -856,7 +849,7 @@
"Wählen Sie den Typ für den hinzuzufügenden Synchronisierungs-Peer.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
@@ -865,7 +858,7 @@
"wählen Sie <b>Server</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
@@ -874,7 +867,7 @@
"wählen Sie <b>Peer</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
@@ -883,7 +876,7 @@
"ist, zu konfigurieren, wählen Sie <b>Funkuhr</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
@@ -892,7 +885,7 @@
"<b>Ausgangs-Broadcast</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
@@ -901,7 +894,7 @@
"und diese Pakete zur Einstellung der lokalen Zeit zu verwenden, wählen Sie <b>Eingangs-Broadcast<b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -912,7 +905,7 @@
"oder wählen Sie den NTP-Server aus der Liste bekannter NTP-Server.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -926,7 +919,7 @@
"Wählen Sie dann einen Server aus der Liste gefundener Server.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -937,7 +930,7 @@
"NTP-Servern für ein bestimmtes Land, wählen Sie dieses unter <b>Land</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -959,7 +952,7 @@
"können Sie auch einen NTP-Server in Ihrer Nähe finden.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -969,7 +962,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -984,7 +977,7 @@
" Ihr NTP-Client jede Stunde mit anderen Servern verbunden.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -998,7 +991,7 @@
"Treiber gedacht.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1016,17 +1009,17 @@
"Alle Änderungen werden verloren gehen."
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "NTP-Daemon neu starten"
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "Einstellungen speichern und NTP-Daemon neu starten"
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1041,7 +1034,7 @@
"wird der Daemon nicht richtig funktionieren."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
@@ -1050,7 +1043,7 @@
" kein vollständiger Hostname bzw. keine IPv4- oder IPv6-Adresse."
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
"replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -1063,44 +1056,44 @@
" Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie den aktuellen NTP-Server ersetzen möchten?"
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr "Gerät wählen"
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr "Öffentliche NTP-&Server"
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr "Wählen Sie einen NTP-Server."
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr "Alle Länder"
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
msgid "&Country"
msgstr "&Land"
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr "Netzwerk wird nach NTP-Servern durchsucht..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -1111,205 +1104,205 @@
"die das Durchsuchen des Netzwerks blockiert."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr "Es wurde kein NTP-Server im Netzwerk gefunden."
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
msgid "Address"
msgstr "Adresse"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr "Es wurde kein Server ausgewählt"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr "A&dresse"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr "Er&weiterte Konfiguration"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr "&Treiber-Kalibrierung"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr "Synchronisierungsintervall in Minuten"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr "NTP-Daemon starten"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr "Nur &manuell"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr "Ohne Daemon &synchronisieren"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr "Jetzt und &beim Systemstart"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr "NTP-Daemon in Chroot-&Jail ausführen"
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr "NTP-Dienst auf konfigurierte Server &beschränken"
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Manuell"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "Automatisch"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr "Richtlinie zur &Laufzeitkonfiguration"
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr "&Benutzerdefinierte Richtlinie"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr "&Zufällig ausgewählte Server von pool.ntp.org verwenden"
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr "&Wählen..."
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "&Test"
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr "Synchronisierungstyp"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr "&Protokoll anzeigen..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr "Uhr&typ"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr "Geräte&zahl"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr "&Symlink erstellen"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Gerät"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr "Zugriffssteuerungsoptionen"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
msgid "&Server"
msgstr "&Server"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr "&Peer"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr "&Funkuhr"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "&Ausgangs-Broadcast"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "&Eingangs-Broadcast"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr "&Lokales Netzwerk"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr "&Öffentlicher NTP-Server"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr "Ort des NTP-Servers"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr "&Lookup"
@@ -1323,149 +1316,157 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Initialisierung ..."
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialisierung der Konfiguration des NTP-Clients"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr "Einlesen der Netzwerkkonfiguration"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen lesen"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird eingelesen..."
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen werden gelesen..."
-
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration des NTP-Clients"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen schreiben"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr "NTP-Daemon neu starten"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon wird neu gestartet..."
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr "Die dynamische Konfigurationsrichtlinie konnte nicht aktualisiert werden."
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon konnte nicht neu gestartet werden."
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon wird beim Systemstart aktiviert"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon wird nicht automatisch gestartet."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "Server: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "Funkuhren: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "Peers: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "Zeit-Info via Broadcast verbreiten an: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "Via Broadcast erhaltene Zeit-Info akzeptieren von: %1"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Statische und DHCP-Konfiguration kombinieren"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Nur statische Konfiguration"
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Konfigurationsrichtlinie"
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "NTP-Server wird getestet..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "Der Server ist erreichbar und antwortet."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "Der Server ist entweder nicht erreichbar oder antwortet nicht."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
msgstr ""
"Die Suche nach einem NTP-Server im lokalen Netzwerk\n"
"ist nur möglich, wenn das Paket %1 installiert ist.\n"
+
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialisierung der Konfiguration des NTP-Clients"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr "Einlesen der Netzwerkkonfiguration"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen lesen"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird eingelesen..."
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen werden gelesen..."
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration des NTP-Clients"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen schreiben"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr "NTP-Daemon neu starten"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon wird neu gestartet..."
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr "Die dynamische Konfigurationsrichtlinie konnte nicht aktualisiert werden."
+
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon konnte nicht neu gestartet werden."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 13:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/packager.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -193,8 +193,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Die Repository-Verwaltung lädt die Repository-Details herunter ...</p>"
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Pakete werden installiert..."
@@ -524,8 +524,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialisierung..."
@@ -549,91 +549,101 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr "&Medien"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr "Die Konfiguration der Softwareverwaltung wird gespeichert ..."
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Priorität"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr "Heruntergeladene Pakete behalten"
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "Installations-Repositorys - Dieses Modul unterstützt keine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle; verwenden Sie stattdessen '%1'."
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "Unbekannter Name"
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
+#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
+msgid "Raw URL: %s"
+msgstr "Roh-URL: %s"
+
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "Unbekannter Repository-Name"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr "Kategorie: %1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "Dienst: %1"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr "Alle Repositorys"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Alle Dienste"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "Dienst '%1'"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
+#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
+#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
+#. within product subscription.
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
+msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
+msgstr "Nur Repositorys, die nicht durch einen Dienst bereitgestellt werden"
+
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
msgid "View"
msgstr "Ansicht"
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Priorität"
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktiviert"
@@ -642,88 +652,88 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "Automatisch aktualisieren"
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Dienst"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "&Ersetzen..."
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "&Ausgewählte aktualisieren"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr "Status &an oder aus"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr "Aktuali&sieren ein oder aus"
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "Satz&name..."
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Eigenschaften"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "&Aktiviert"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr "A&utomatisch aktualisieren"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr "&GPG-Schlüssel..."
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "Aktualisieren"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr "Alle automatisch zu aktualisierenden jetzt aktualisieren"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr "Alle aktivierten aktualisieren"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr "Konfigurierte Software-Repositorys"
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
@@ -731,11 +741,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"Verwaltung der konfigurierten Software-Repositorys und Dienste</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Ein <B>Dienst</B> bzw. ein <B>Repository-Indexdienst (RIS)</B> ist ein Protokoll für die Verwaltung von Paket-Repositorys. Ein Dienst kann ein oder mehrere Software-Repositorys bereitstellen, die vom Dienstadministrator dynamisch geändert werden können.</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -750,7 +760,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -763,7 +773,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -784,7 +794,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -799,7 +809,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
@@ -808,12 +818,12 @@
"Die Priorität eines Repositorys ist ein Ganzzahlwert zwischen 0 (die höchste Priorität) und 200 (die niedrigste Priorität). Standardpriorität ist 99. Wenn ein Paket in mehreren Repositorys verfügbar ist, dann wird das Repository mit der höchsten Priorität benutzt.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Benutzen Sie die passende Option oben im Fenster zum Navigieren durch die Repositorys und Dienste.</P>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
@@ -823,12 +833,12 @@
" lokalen Zwischenspeicher vorgehalten werden solllen, damit sie bei einer Neu-Installation benutzt werden können. Andernfalls\n"
" werden die heruntergeladenen Pakete nach der Installation gelöscht.</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Standardmäßig wird als lokaler Zwischenspeicher das Verzeichnis <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B> genommen, dies kann in der Datei <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> geändert werden.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -838,7 +848,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Details:"
@@ -846,18 +856,18 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Erneut versuchen?"
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Repository-Konfiguration abbrechen"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -866,7 +876,7 @@
"Dabei gehen alle Änderungen verloren."
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
@@ -875,40 +885,40 @@
"%1"
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "Repositorys werden aktualisiert"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "Dienste werden aktualisiert"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "Repositorys aktualisieren"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "Dienste aktualisieren"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "Repository %1 wird aktualisiert..."
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "Dienst %1 wird aktualisiert..."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "Soll das ausgewählte Repository aus der Liste gelöscht werden?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
@@ -917,7 +927,7 @@
"Repositorys löschen?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
@@ -926,7 +936,7 @@
"festgelegt werden."
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -939,7 +949,7 @@
"Das Repository wirklich erneut hinzufügen?"
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Bei der Wiederherstellung der Repository-Konfiguration sind Fehler aufgetreten.</p>\n"
@@ -1052,7 +1062,7 @@
"Möchten Sie sie jetzt installieren?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
@@ -1060,7 +1070,7 @@
"Es kann kein Online-Aktualisierungs-Repository konfiguriert\n"
"werden, ohne dass das Paket %1 installiert ist."
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
@@ -1069,7 +1079,7 @@
"werden, ohne dass das Paket %1 installiert ist."
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1408,42 +1418,42 @@
"'%2' wirklich gelöscht werden?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "Neues Repository hinzufügen ..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "Repository-Typ prüfen"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "Repository hinzufügen"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "Repository-Lizenz lesen"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "Repository-Typ wird geprüft"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "Repository wird hinzugefügt ..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "Repository-Lizenz lesen"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repository"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1459,8 +1469,8 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1469,7 +1479,7 @@
"kann nicht erstellt werden."
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
@@ -1478,12 +1488,12 @@
"Ändern Sie das Protokoll oder entpacken Sie das ISO-Abbild auf dem Server."
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "Bitte ändern Sie die URL und versuchen Sie es erneut."
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1491,6 +1501,11 @@
"Bevor nach SLP-Repositorys gesucht werden kann,\n"
"muss das Paket %1 installiert worden sein.\n"
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr "Die Konfiguration der Softwareverwaltung wird gespeichert ..."
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1498,19 +1513,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Bei der Vorbereitung des Installationssystems ist ein Fehler aufgetreten."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Die Steuerdatei %1 wurde nicht auf dem Medium gefunden."
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1518,28 +1533,41 @@
"Das Paket '%s' ist nicht installiert.\n"
"Das Add-on-Produkt kann nicht registriert werden."
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "&Versionshinweise..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Es können keine zusätzlichen Produkte verwendet werden."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, URL: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, Pfad: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Produkte"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
@@ -1547,37 +1575,30 @@
"Das Installations-Repository enthält auch die aufgelisteten zusätzlichen Repositorys.\n"
"Wählen Sie, welche Sie benutzen möchten.\n"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Zur Auswahl stehende zusätzliche Produkte"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Ausgewählte &Produkte hinzufügen"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Legen Sie das Zusatzprodukt-Medium %1 ein"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Legen Sie das%1-%2-Medium ein."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Produkt %1 kann nicht hinzugefügt werden."
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt"
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
msgid ""
@@ -1604,27 +1625,27 @@
msgstr "Der Schlüssel kann nicht in das temporäre Verzeichnis kopiert werden."
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr "&Liste der fehlgeschlagenen Pakete anzeigen"
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr "&Gesamtes Protokoll anzeigen"
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr "Die Installation einiger Pakete ist fehlgeschlagen."
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr "Installation vom Benutzer abgebrochen."
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr "Medium: %1"
@@ -1632,13 +1653,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Fertig."
@@ -1646,21 +1667,21 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr "Nächste %1 -- %2"
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr "nächstes: %1"
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Gesamt"
@@ -1669,41 +1690,41 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "%1 wird heruntergeladen (Downloadgröße %2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr " (Verbleibend: %1 %2 Pakete)"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Pakete werden heruntergeladen..."
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr " (%1 von %2 Paketen sind heruntergeladen)"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "%1 wird gelöscht"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "%1 wird installiert (installierte Größe: %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Delta-RPM wird angewendet: %1"
@@ -1828,8 +1849,8 @@
msgstr "<b>Warnung:</b> Das Produkt <b>%s</b> wird entfernt."
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
-msgstr "<b>Fehler:</b> Das Produkt <b>%s</b> wird automatisch entfernt.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
+msgstr "<b>Fehler:</b> Das Produkt <b>%s</b> wird automatisch entfernt."
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
@@ -1850,12 +1871,12 @@
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Unter '%1' wurde kein Repository gefunden."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1867,31 +1888,31 @@
"vom SUSE Linux-Webserver herunterladen.</b></p>\n"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Gebootete Medien werden integriert..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Das Service Pack-Repository konnte nicht integriert werden."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Repositorys werden initialisiert..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 einlegen"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1-CD 1 nicht gefunden"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1900,7 +1921,7 @@
"Überprüfen Sie die Protokolldatei %1 für weitere Informationen."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1909,12 +1930,12 @@
"Software-Vorschlag wird erneut aufgerufen."
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Paketauswahl wird ausgewertet..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1925,36 +1946,46 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "Lizenzdatei %1 konnte nicht gelesen werden"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr "Damit die Produktlizenz korrekt angezeigt wird, muss die Datei license.tar.gz bei der Erstellung des Image in das Stammverzeichnis des Live-Mediums eingefügt werden."
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "S&prache"
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "Ja, ich &akzeptiere die Lizenzvereinbarung."
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"Diese EULA befindet sich im Verzeichnis\n"
+"%s"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie möchten, können Sie diese EULA vom\n"
-"ersten Medium aus der Datei %1 ausdrucken."
+"ersten Medium aus der Datei %s ausdrucken."
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -1968,18 +1999,18 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Soll die Installation des Add-on-Produkts wirklich abgebrochen werden?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -1988,7 +2019,7 @@
"Möchten Sie die Lizenzvereinbarung wirklich ablehnen?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -1997,17 +2028,18 @@
"Add-on-Produkts abgebrochen. Möchten Sie die Lizenzvereinbarung wirklich ablehnen?"
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "Das System wird heruntergefahren..."
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung zu %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2113,7 +2145,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2158,7 +2190,7 @@
msgstr "Dateien mit Repository-Beschreibung &herunterladen"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2167,7 +2199,7 @@
"des Mediums handelt, legen Sie <b>ISO-Image</b> fest.</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
@@ -2176,86 +2208,86 @@
"geben Sie den Speicherort des ersten Mediums des Satzes an.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "&Servername"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Pfad zum Verzeichnis oder ISO-Image"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "&ISO-Image"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "N&FS v4-Protokoll"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Einhängeoptionen"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(Standard)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "URL des Repositorys"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "P&rotokoll"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "&URL des Repositorys"
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "Repository-URL"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-Server"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "CD- oder DVD-Medium"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Festplatte"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr "USB-Stick oder -Platte"
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Lokales Verzeichnis"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Lokales ISO-Image"
@@ -2264,24 +2296,24 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Server und Verzeichnis"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Der Name des Repositorys darf nicht leer sein."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "&Repository-Name"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2290,12 +2322,12 @@
"Geben Sie unter <b>Repository-Name</b> einen Namen für das Repository ein. Wenn das Feld leer ist, übernimmt YaST den Produktnamen (sofern verfügbar) oder die URL als Repository-Namen.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "&Dienstname"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2304,17 +2336,17 @@
"Unter <b>Dienstname</b> geben Sie den Namen des Dienstes ein. Wenn das Feld leer bleibt, übernimmt YaST einen Teil der Dienst-URL als Namen für den Dienst.</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL darf nicht leer sein."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2326,16 +2358,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "Teile der URL bearbeiten"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Komplette URL bearbeiten"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2345,7 +2377,7 @@
"Geben Sie unter <b>Servername</b> und <b>Pfad zum Verzeichnis oder ISO-Image</b>\n"
"den Hostnamen des NFS-Servers und den Pfad auf dem Server ein.<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2358,16 +2390,16 @@
"Siehe <b>man 5 nfs</b> zu Einzelheiten und die Liste unterstützter Optionen."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2376,12 +2408,12 @@
"Legen Sie <b>CD-ROM</b> oder <b>DVD-ROM</b> fest, um den Medientyp anzugeben.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO-Image-Datei"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
@@ -2390,7 +2422,7 @@
"oder das Verzeichnis existiert nicht.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
@@ -2399,7 +2431,7 @@
"oder die Datei existiert nicht.\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2410,17 +2442,17 @@
"Trotzdem verwenden?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Pfad zum Verzeichnis"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Reines &RPM-Verzeichnis"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2435,20 +2467,20 @@
"wählen Sie <b>Reines RPM-Verzeichnis</b>.</p>\n"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "&USB-Massenspeichergerät"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&Dateisystem"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "Ver&zeichnis"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2468,7 +2500,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2479,11 +2511,11 @@
"ein bestimmtes Dateisystem benutzen möchten, dann wählen Sie es aus der Liste.</p>\n"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Plattengerät"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2502,12 +2534,12 @@
"Sie die Option <b>Reines RPM-Verzeichnis</b>.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Pfad zum ISO-Image"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2518,71 +2550,71 @@
"zu dem Verzeichnis an, in dem sich die Datei mit dem ISO-Image befindet.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Server&name"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Freigabe"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "ISO-&Image"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Verzeichnis auf dem Server"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "Aut&hentifizierung"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anonym"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "&Arbeitsgruppe oder Domain"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Benutzername"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passwort"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2607,7 +2639,7 @@
"dann aktivieren Sie <b>ISO-Image</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2618,12 +2650,16 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
-msgstr "Ich möchte ein zusätzliches Add-on-Produkt installieren."
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
+msgstr "Ich möchte ein &zusätzliches Add-on-Produkt installieren."
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "Netz&werkkonfiguration..."
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2634,7 +2670,7 @@
"oder auf der Festplatte befinden.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2645,7 +2681,7 @@
"muss Ihnen der Satz mit den Produkt-CDs bzw. die DVD zur Verfügung stehen.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2661,7 +2697,7 @@
"ist nur der Basispfad erforderlich.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2674,25 +2710,25 @@
"der ersten CD befinden, zum Beispiel /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Medientyp auswählen"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Legen Sie die Add-on-Produkt-CD ein"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Legen Sie die Add-on-Produkt-DVD ein"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Es wurde keine USB-Platte erkannt."
-#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
+#. use three slashes as third slash means path
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2707,19 +2743,19 @@
"herunterladen, wenn es sie benötigt. </p>\n"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Medientyp"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "Add-on-Produkt"
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr "Das URL-Schema '%s' ist nicht gültig."
@@ -2911,12 +2947,12 @@
msgstr "In Ihrem Netzwerk wurden keine SLP-Repositorys gefunden."
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr "Auf Partition \"%1\" fehlen %2 Plattenplatz."
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
"before updating the system.\n"
@@ -2925,6 +2961,6 @@
"oder temporäre Dateien, bevor Sie das System aktualisieren.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie einige Pakete ab."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/printer.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/printer.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/printer.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/qt-pkg.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/qt-pkg.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/qt-pkg.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/qt.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/qt.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/qt.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: qt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -98,52 +98,52 @@
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr "xrdp konfigurieren"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Dienste neu starten"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr "Dienste anhalten"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Fernverwaltungskonfiguration wird gespeichert"
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr "xrdp wird konfiguriert.. "
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Dienst wird neu gestartet..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr "Dienst wird angehalten..."
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Fernverwaltung ist aktiviert."
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Fernverwaltung ist deaktiviert."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rear.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rear.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rear.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rear\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/registration.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -15,29 +15,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr "Lokale Registrierungsserver"
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie einen erkannten Registrierungsserver in der Liste\n"
-"oder den SUSE-Standardregistrierungsserver aus."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr "Kein Registrierungsserver ausgewählt."
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -56,7 +33,7 @@
#. @return [Symbol] user input
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -92,8 +69,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Registrierung läuft: %s ..."
@@ -230,18 +207,25 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "SHA256-Fingerabdruck: "
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung der Verbindung."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob dieses System dem Registrierungsserver bekannt ist."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -265,41 +249,41 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "Fehler bei der Registrierung."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
+msgstr "Fehler bei der Verbindung mit dem Registrierungsserver."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Fehler beim Registrierungsclient."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
"Fehler beim Registrierungsserver.\n"
-"Wiederholen Sie die Registrierung später."
+"Wiederholen Sie den Vorgang später."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr "Das empfangene SSL-Zertifikat stimmt nicht mit dem erwarteten Zertifikat überein."
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Details: %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -314,23 +298,23 @@
"auf sichere Weise verbunden werden kann, und starten Sie das YaST-Modul erneut."
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat wird importiert"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr "'%s'-Zertifikat wird importiert..."
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr "Fehler bei sicherer Verbindung: %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -343,14 +327,14 @@
"Registrierungsprotokoll unterstützt, auf dem Server installiert ist."
#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "Ungültige URL."
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
@@ -358,7 +342,7 @@
"Das Netzwerk ist nicht konfiguriert, der Registrierungsserver ist nicht erreichbar.\n"
"Soll das Netzwerk jetzt konfiguriert werden?"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr "Netzwerkfehler. Prüfen Sie die Netzwerkkonfiguration."
@@ -368,7 +352,7 @@
msgstr "Registrierungskonfiguration wird gespeichert..."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
@@ -377,7 +361,7 @@
"Prüfen Sie das System."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
@@ -385,7 +369,7 @@
"Das Installationsmedium oder das Installationsprogramm ist schwer beschädigt.\n"
"Melden Sie diesen Fehler unter %s."
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -396,7 +380,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr "System wird registriert..."
@@ -405,14 +389,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr "Aktualisierung auf %s ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr "Produkte werden synchronisiert..."
@@ -422,27 +406,27 @@
#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module werden geladen..."
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Migrationsprodukte werden geladen..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Erweiterungen und Module registrieren"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Die Erweiterungen und Module werden registriert.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -451,7 +435,7 @@
"\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -461,7 +445,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -477,7 +461,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -492,39 +476,39 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt"
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern der Repository-Konfiguration."
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Fehler beim Aktualisieren des Dienstes '%s'."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen des Dienstes '%s'."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern des Dienstes '%s'."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Fehler beim Aktualisieren des Dienstes '%s'."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -599,34 +583,38 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr "Betaversionen aus&filtern"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Details"
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr "Eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul auswählen, zu der/dem hier Details angezeigt werden sollen"
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr "%s (nicht verfügbar)"
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr "Bei YaST können Sie maximal %s Erweiterungen oder Module auswählen."
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Für bestimmte Erweiterungen oder Module benötigen Sie dabei einen besonderen Registrierungscode.</p>"
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Soll eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul entfernt werden, melden Sie sich beim SUSE Customer Center an, und entfernen Sie den zugehörigen Eintrag dort manuell.</p>"
@@ -641,7 +629,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module für das System auswählen.</p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module"
@@ -697,32 +685,32 @@
msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen herunterladen..."
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr "'%s' wirklich löschen?"
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr "Erweiterungs- oder Modul&kennung"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "&Version"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "&Architektur"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "&Versionstyp"
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Registrierungs&code"
@@ -752,10 +740,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "Produkt registrieren"
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr "&Email-Adresse"
@@ -764,56 +750,64 @@
msgstr "Verfügbare Aktualisierungen aus Aktualisierungs-Repositorys installieren"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Servereinstellungen"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "Registrierungsserver mit SLP-Erkennung suchen"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr "Bestimmte Server-URL statt des Standards verwenden"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr "URL für optionales SSL-Server-Zertifikat"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "Fingerabdruck des optionalen SSL-Serverzertifikats"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr "Keine"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat-Fingerabdruck"
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Erweiterungen oder Module registrieren..."
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
-msgstr "&Lokaler Registrierungsserver..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+msgid "Register System via %s"
+msgstr "System über %s registrieren"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
+msgstr "System über lokalen SMT-Server registrieren"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "URL des &lokalen Registrierungsservers"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Registrierung ü&berspringen"
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
msgstr "&Erweiterungen oder Module neu registrieren"
@@ -821,63 +815,38 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr "Das System ist bereits registriert."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Registrierungsmethode aus."
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr "Zum Registrieren des Systems geben Sie hier Ihre Anmeldedaten für das SUSE Customer Center ein, so dass Sie Aktualisierungen und Erweiterungen erhalten."
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie Ihr System nicht registrieren, können wir Ihnen leider\n"
"keinen Zugriff auf die Aktualisierungs-Repositorys gewähren.\n"
"\n"
"Sie können die Registrierung im Anschluss an die Installation vornehmen oder\n"
-"die Online-Registrierung im Customer Center ausführen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Soll die Registrierung wirklich jetzt übersprungen werden?"
+"die Online-Registrierung im Customer Center ausführen."
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben Sie in den Feldern unten einen Registrierungs- oder Evaluierungs-\n"
-"code für dieses Produkt ein sowie Ihren Benutzernamen bzw. Ihre Email-Adresse\n"
-"vom SUSE Customer Center. Der Zugriff auf allgemeine und Sicher-\n"
-"heitsaktualisierungen ist nur in einem registrierten System möglich."
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie die Produktregistrierung jetzt überspringen, denken Sie daran, sich zu registrieren, nachdem \n"
-"die Installation abgeschlossen ist."
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Netz&werkkonfiguration..."
@@ -903,34 +872,29 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Bei der sicheren Verbindung (HTTPS) erfolgt die Echtheitsprüfung des Servers und die Übertragung der verschlüsselten Daten mithilfe von SSL-Zertifikaten.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sie können das Zertifikat in die Liste der bekannten Zertifizierungsstellen (CA) importieren und so angeben, dass Sie dem Inhalt und dem Aussteller des unbekannten Zertifikats vertrauen.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Wenn Sie ein Zertifikat importieren, kann beispielsweise ein selbst signiertes Zertifikat verwendet werden.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Wichtig:</b> Überprüfen Sie den Fingerabdruck des Zertifikats, damit Sie sichergehen können, tatsächlich das echte Zertifikat vom angeforderten Server zu importieren.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
+msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Das Importieren eines unbekannten Zertifikats ohne entsprechende Überprüfung ist ein großes Sicherheitsrisiko.</b></p>"
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr "URL des &lokalen Registrierungsservers"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -963,17 +927,17 @@
msgstr "Repositorys für die Migration auswählen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr "Repositorys verwalten..."
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr "URL: %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
msgid "Priority: %s"
msgstr "Priorität: %s"
@@ -1035,17 +999,17 @@
msgstr "Wählen Sie die Zielmigration aus."
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr "Repositorys für die Migration manuell anpassen"
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr "Mögliche Migrationsziele"
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr "Migrationszusammenfassung"
@@ -1055,38 +1019,38 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr "FEHLER: Produkt <b>%{product}</b> ist nicht auf dem Registrierungsserver (%{url}) verfügbar. Stellen Sie das Produkt zur Verfügung, damit diese Migration verwendet werden kann."
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>wird installiert.</b>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>bleibt unverändert.</b>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr "%{old_product} <b>wird aufgerüstet auf</b> %{new_product}."
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr "%{old_product} <b>wird ersetzt durch die ältere Version von </b> %{new_product}."
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1140,11 +1104,64 @@
"Fehler beim automatischen Aktualisieren der Registrierung.\n"
"Sie können das System manuell neu registrieren."
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Suchvorgang ..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Lokale Registrierungsserver werden gesucht..."
+
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr "Dienstauswahl"
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie einen erkannten Dienst aus der Liste aus."
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr "Kein Dienst ausgewählt."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Laden Sie das System nach dem Herunterfahren mit\n"
-"einem IPL von DASD '%1' neu.\n"
+"einem IPL von Gerät '%1' neu.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:07\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/s390.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/security.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/security.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/security.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -276,11 +276,11 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr "%{change} von %{service} mit aktuellem %{status} nicht möglich. "
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
msgstr "%{change} von %{service} nicht möglich. "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: snapper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -14,134 +14,163 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. The main ()
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of snapper
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel
+#.
+#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr "Konfiguration von System-Snapshots"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschreibung"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Benutzerdaten"
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Bereinigungsalgorithmus"
-#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
-msgstr "Snapshot %1 ändern"
+#. popup label, %{num} is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+msgstr "Snapshot %{num} ändern"
-#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
-msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
-msgstr "Snapshots %1 - %2 ändern"
+#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+msgstr "Snapshot %{pre} und %{post} ändern"
#. label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
-msgid "Pre (%1)"
-msgstr "Pre (%1)"
+msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+msgstr "Pre (%{pre})"
#. label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
-msgid "Post (%1)"
-msgstr "Post (%1)"
+msgid "Post (%{post})"
+msgstr "Post (%{post})"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Neuen Snapshot erstellen"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Einzelner Snapshot"
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Pre"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Post, verknüpft mit:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
-msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
-msgstr "Snapshot '%1' wirklich löschen?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
+msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgstr "Snapshot %{num} wirklich löschen?"
-#. summary dialog caption
+#. yes/no popup question
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
+msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+msgstr "Snapshots %{pre} und %{post} wirklich löschen?"
+
+#. summary dialog caption
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Snapshots"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Einzeln"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Vor & Nach"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Liste der Snapshots wird gelesen..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Startdatum"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Enddatum"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Benutzerdaten"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Änderungen anzeigen"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Bearbeiten"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
@@ -150,131 +179,131 @@
"Die Anzeige der Unterschiede ist nicht möglich."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Ausgewählte Snapshot-Übersicht"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Geänderte Dateien werden berechnet..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Dateiänderungen werden berechnet..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Eine neue Datei wurde erstellt."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Die Datei wurde entfernt."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "Der Dateiinhalt wurde nicht geändert."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Die Datei ist in keinem Snapshot vorhanden."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Der Dateiinhalt wurde geändert."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Dateimodus geändert von '%1' in '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Dateieigentümer (Benutzer) geändert von '%1' in '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Dateieigentümer (Gruppe) geändert von '%1' in '%2'."
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "Vom &ersten wiederherstellen"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Wiederherstellen"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Vom zwei&ten wiederherstellen"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Unterschied zwischen Snapshot und aktuellem System anzeigen"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "Unterschied zwischen aktuellem und ausgewähltem Snapshot anzeigen"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Unterschied zwischen erstem und zweitem Snapshot anzeigen"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Unterschied zwischen erstem Snapshot und aktuellem System anzeigen"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Unterschied zwischen zweitem Snapshot und aktuellem System anzeigen"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+msgstr "Erstellungszeitpunkt des Snapshots:"
+
+#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Erstellungszeitpunkt des ersten Snapshots:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Erstellungszeitpunkt des zweiten Snapshots:"
-#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
-msgstr "Erstellungszeitpunkt des Snapshots:"
-
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "Ö&ffnen"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Auswahl wiederherstellen"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -290,7 +319,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -305,17 +334,17 @@
"Snapshot '%2' in das aktuelle System kopieren?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
-msgstr "Keine Datei zur Wiederherstellung ausgewählt"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgstr "Keine Datei zum Wiederherstellen ausgewählt."
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Dateien werden wiederhergestellt"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -332,7 +361,7 @@
"<p>Dateien, die nicht im Snapshot vorhanden waren, werden gelöscht.</p>Sind Sie sicher?"
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -341,43 +370,43 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Schnappschuss-Konfiguration</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>Die Tabelle zeigt eine Liste mit Schnappschüssen des root-Dateisystems. Es gibt drei Arten\n"
-"von Schnappschüssen: <b>Einzel</b>, <b>pre</b> und <b>post</b>. Einzelne Schnappschüsse werden benutzt um\n"
-"den Zustand des Dateisystems zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt zu speichern, während Pre und Post benutzt werden um Änderungen, die durch eine spezielle Operation, zwischen zwei Schnappschüssen durchgeführt wird festzuhalten. Pre- und Post-Schnappschüsse gehören in der Tabelle zusammen.</p>\n"
-"<p>Wählen Sie einen Schnappschuss oder ein Schnappschuss-Pärchen aus und klicken Sie auf <b>Änderungen anzeigen</b> um die Änderungen\n"
-"des neuen Dateisystems zu dem ausgewählten Schnappschuss anzuzeigen.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Snapshot-Konfiguration</big></b><p>\n"
+"<p>Die Tabelle enthält eine Liste der Root-Dateisystem-Snapshots. Es gibt drei Arten\n"
+"von Snapshots: <b>Einzeln</b>, <b>Pre</b> und <b>Post</b>. Mit einzelnen Snapshots wird\n"
+"der Zustand des Dateisystems zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt gespeichert, die Pre- und Post-Snapshots definieren die Änderungen durch einen bestimmten Vorgang, der zwischen diesen beiden Snapshots ausgeführt wurde. Pre- und Post-Snapshots sind in der Tabelle miteinander verknüpft.</p>\n"
+"<p>Zum Anzeigen der neuen Dateisystemänderungen am angegebenen Snapshot wählen Sie einen Snapshot oder ein Snapshot-Paar aus und\n"
+"klicken Sie auf <b>Änderungen anzeigen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Schnappschussübersicht</big></b><p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Snapshot-Übersicht</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Der Baum zeigt alle Dateien, die zwischen der Erstellung des ersten (\"pre\") und des zweiten (\"post\") Schnappschusses verändert wurden. Auf der rechten Seite sehen Sie Beschreibung die generiert wurde, als der erste Schnappschuss erstellt wurde und die Zeit zu der die beiden Schnappschüsse erstellt wurden.\n"
+"Der Baum enthält alle Dateien, die zwischen dem ersten ('Pre') und zweiten ('Post') Snapshot geändert wurden. Rechts werden die Beschreibung, die beim Erstellen des ersten Snapshots erzeugt wurde, sowie der Erstellungszeitpunkt beider Snapshots angezeigt.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Wenn eine Datei im Baum ausgewählt wurde, sehen Sie die Veränderungen, die an ihr vorgenommen wurden. Standardmäßig werden die Veränderungen zwischen zwei zusammenhängenden Schnappschüssen angezeigt, Sie können aber auch verschiedene Versionen miteinander vergleichen.\n"
+"Wenn eine Datei im Baum ausgewählt ist, werden die Änderungen daran eingeblendet. Standardmäßig werden die Änderungen zwischen ausgewählten Snapshot-Paaren angezeigt, Sie können eine Datei jedoch auch mit anderen Versionen vergleichen.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -395,106 +424,70 @@
"Wenn eine Datei im Baum ausgewählt wurde sehen Sie die Veränderungen, die an ihr vorgenommen wurden zwischen der Erstellung des Schnappschusses und dem aktuellen System.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. popup error
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
-msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-msgstr "Snapshot '%1' wurde nicht gefunden."
+#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
+#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
+msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Abrufen der Konfiguration:\n"
-#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return the path to given snapshot
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Abrufen des Snapshot-Einhängepunkts:\n"
+
+#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Erstellen des neuen Snapshots:\n"
+
#. Modify existing snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
-msgid "Reason not known."
-msgstr "Grund nicht bekannt."
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Ändern des Snapshots:\n"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
-msgid "Configuration not found."
-msgstr "Konfiguration wurde nicht gefunden."
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
-msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-msgstr "Konfiguration ist ungültig."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-"Snapper-Bibliothek konnte nicht initialisiert werden:\n"
-"%1"
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
-msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-msgstr "Snapshot wurde nicht gefunden."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-"Fehler beim Löschen des Snapshots:\n"
-"%1"
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
-msgid ""
-"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-"Fehler beim Ändern des Snapshots:\n"
-"%1"
-
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
-msgstr "Falscher Snapshot-Typ angegeben."
+msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Löschen des Snapshots:\n"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
-msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-msgstr "Kein Pre-Snapshot bereitgestellt."
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
-msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-msgstr "Angegebener Pre-Snapshot wurde nicht gefunden."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
-msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-"Fehler beim Erstellen eines neuen Snapshots:\n"
-"%1"
-
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Snapper wird initialisiert"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
-msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgstr "Liste der Snapshots lesen"
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+msgid "Read list of configurations"
+msgstr "Liste der Konfigurationen einlesen"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
-msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgstr "Datenbank wird gelesen..."
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
+msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgstr "Liste der Snapshots einlesen"
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
+msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+msgstr "Liste der Konfigurationen wird eingelesen"
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
+msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+msgstr "Liste der Snapshots wird eingelesen"
+
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
+msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Abfragen der Snapper-Konfigurationen:"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
@@ -504,17 +497,21 @@
"Konfiguration erstellen. Die Konfigurationen können Sie\n"
"mit dem Snapper-Kommandozeilenwerkzeug erstellen."
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
+msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Abfragen der Snapper-Snapshots:"
+
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Dateien werden wiederhergestellt..."
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "Gelöscht %1\n"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "%1 wurde übersprungen\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sshd.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sshd.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sshd.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/storage.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Separate &Home-Partition vorschlagen"
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, was Sie hier eingeben!"
@@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr "Snapshots aktivieren"
@@ -5850,12 +5850,12 @@
"Sie einen wirklichen Grund hierfür haben.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr "Vorgang auf Festplatte %{device} nicht zulässig.\n"
#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
msgid ""
"\n"
"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
@@ -5877,7 +5877,7 @@
"\n"
#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -5898,7 +5898,7 @@
" ihre Größe ändern.\n"
#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -5919,7 +5919,7 @@
"Größe ändern oder die Partition von dieser Festplatte entfernen.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5934,7 +5934,7 @@
"erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser Festplatte gelöscht.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6846,33 +6846,33 @@
"Das Speichersubsystem wird durch die Anwendung \"%1\" (%2) gesperrt.\n"
"Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können."
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen."
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Dateisystem für Root-Partition"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Dateisystem für Home-Partition"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "&Swap für Suspend erweitern"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Vorschlag"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
@@ -6883,7 +6883,7 @@
"Vorschlag</b> wird das System verschlüsselt.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6896,7 +6896,7 @@
"Platzbedarf der Root-Partition.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
@@ -6905,7 +6905,7 @@
"die Home-Partition lässt sich über die entsprechende Combobox auswählen.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
@@ -6913,32 +6913,32 @@
"<p>Die Auslagerungspartition kann so groß angelegt werden, dass\n"
"das System in den meisten Fällen auf der Festplatte in den Ruhezustand versetzt werden.</p>"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für den Verschlüsselungsvorschlag ein."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Passwort:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Passwort zur Überprüfung erneut eingeben:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
msgstr "&Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "&LVM-basierter Vorschlag"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "V&erschlüsselter LVM-basierter Vorschlag"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sudo.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sudo.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sudo.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sudo\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/support.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/support.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/support.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: support\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -30,52 +30,52 @@
msgstr "&Support"
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr "Dialog zur Übersicht der Supportkonfiguration"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "SUSE Support Center öffnen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr "Hiermit wird ein Browser für die Verbindung mit dem SUSE Support Center Portal gestartet."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
msgstr "Öffnen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr "Daten sammeln"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr "Hiermit wird ein Tarball erstellt, die die zusammengestellten Protokolldateien enthält."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr "Berichts-Tarball erstellen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr "Daten hochladen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr "Hiermit werden die zusammengestellten Protokolle an die angegebene URL hochgeladen."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
msgstr "Hochladen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr "Es konnte kein installierter Browser gefunden werden."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -87,183 +87,184 @@
"%1 ein.\n"
"Webbrowser starten?\n"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr "Dialog zum Hochladen der Supportkonfiguration"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Save as"
msgstr "Speichern unter"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr "Zu speicherndes Verzeichnis"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr "Paket mit Protokolldateien"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr "Protokolldatei-Tarball an URL hochladen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr "Ziel hochladen"
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr "Schreiben der Einstellungen nicht möglich"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Schreiben der Einstellungen nicht möglich."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr "Verzeichnis zum Speichern von Tarball auswählen"
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr "Tarballdatei mit Protokolldateien wählen"
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr "Parametereinstellungen für die Supportkonfiguration"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr "Vollständige Dateiliste von '/' erstellen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr "Detaillierte Platteninformationen und Scans ausschließen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr "Root-Dateisystem nach eDirectory-Instanzen durchsuchen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr "Vollständige Liste von SLP-Diensten einschließen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr "Führt ein rpm -V für jedes installierte rpm durch"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr "Alle Protokolldateizeilen berücksichtigen, zusätzliche ausgewechselte Protokolle erfassen"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr "Standardwerte verwenden (/etc/supportconfig.conf ignorieren)"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr "Aktiviert alle Supportfunktionen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr "Nur eine minimale Anzahl von Informationen sammeln"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen (für Experten) verwenden"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Experten"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Optionen"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr "Experteneinstellungen für die Supportkonfiguration"
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr "Standardoptionen"
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr "Kontakteinstellungen für die Supportkonfiguration"
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr "Kontaktinformationen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Company"
msgstr "Firma"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "E-Mail-Adresse"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr "Telefonnummer"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr "Speicher-ID"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr "Terminal-ID"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr "GPG-UID"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr "Upload-Informationen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr "11-stellige Serviceanforderungsnummer"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr "Die SR-Nummer muss 11-stellig sein"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr "Daten werden gesammelt"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Fortschritt"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
+#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr "Überprüfung der gesammelten Daten"
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "Dateiname"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr "Aus Daten entfernen"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-12 15:49\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:08\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@
msgstr "Keine dieser Dateien ist vorhanden:%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -869,13 +869,13 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt"
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
"Erforderliche Schemas für die Installation können nicht ausgewählt werden:\n"
"%{patterns}"
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
msgid ""
"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
"%{packages}"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/users.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/users.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/users.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr "&Vollständiger Name des Benutzers"
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
#. input field for login name
#. input field for login name
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "&Benutzername"
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr "Dieses Passwort für den Systemadministrator v&erwenden"
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@
#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
msgid "Really use this password?"
msgstr "Möchten Sie dieses Passwort wirklich verwenden?"
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@
#. these are used only during installation time
#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@
#. the type of user set
#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Lokale Benutzer"
@@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@
"Versuchen Sie es erneut."
#. reenable suggestion
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
@@ -3201,11 +3201,11 @@
"Lokale Benutzer werden unter <i>/etc/passwd</i> und <i>/etc/shadow</i> gespeichert.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
msgid "Create new user"
msgstr "Neuen Benutzer erstellen"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
@@ -3218,7 +3218,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@
" bis %{max} Zeichen enthalten.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
@@ -3246,15 +3246,15 @@
"Beschränkungen in der /etc/login.defs-Datei neu definieren. Lesen Sie deren Manpage, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie die Option <b>Dieses Passwort für den Systemadministrator verwenden</b>, wenn das für den ersten Benutzer eingegebene Passwort auch für den Root-Benutzer verwendet werden soll.</p>"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr "Benutzerdaten aus einer vorherigen Installation importieren"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
@@ -3270,11 +3270,11 @@
"dieser Benutzer werden importiert.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
msgid "Skip User Creation"
msgstr "Benutzererstellung überspringen"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
@@ -3288,12 +3288,12 @@
"ohne einen lokalen Benutzer anzulegen.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
msgid "Local User"
msgstr "Lokaler Benutzer"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
msgid ""
"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
@@ -3304,7 +3304,7 @@
"'Benutzererstellung überspringen'."
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
msgid ""
"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
@@ -3315,34 +3315,34 @@
"'Benutzererstellung überspringen'."
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
msgid "&Create New User"
msgstr "&Neuen Benutzer erstellen"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr "Benutzerdaten aus einer vorherigen Installation &importieren"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
msgid "Choose Users"
msgstr "Benutzer auswählen"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
msgid "&Skip User Creation"
msgstr "Benutzererstellung über&springen"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr "&Automatische Anmeldung"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
msgid "No users selected"
msgstr "Keine Benutzer ausgewählt"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
msgid "%d user will be imported"
msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
msgstr[0] "%d Benutzer wird importiert"
@@ -3892,7 +3892,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3911,185 +3911,185 @@
"nicht zugegriffen werden kann. Mit Benutzerkonfiguration fortfahren?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "Mehrere Benutzer erfüllen die Eingabe-Bedingungen."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Benutzer- und Gruppenkonfiguration wird initialisiert"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Standard-Login-Einstellungen lesen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Standard-Systemeinstellungen lesen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Konfigurationstyp einlesen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen einlesen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "Benutzer und -Gruppen einlesen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "Cache-Struktur bauen"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "Standard-Login-Einstellungen werden gelesen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "Standard-Systemeinstellungen werden gelesen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Konfigurationstyp wird eingelesen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen werden gelesen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "Benutzer und -Gruppen werden eingelesen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "Cache-Strukturen werden gebaut..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "Benutzer ist nicht vorhanden."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "Gruppe ist nicht vorhanden."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Benutzer- und Gruppenkonfiguration wird geschrieben"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "LDAP-Benutzer und -Gruppen schreiben"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "Gruppen schreiben"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Suche nach gelöschten Benutzern"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Benutzer schreiben"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "Passwörter schreiben"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen schreiben"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Standard-Login-Einstellungen schreiben"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "LDAP-Benutzer und -Gruppen werden geschrieben..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "Gruppen werden geschrieben..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "Überprüfung gelöschter Benutzer..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "Benutzer werden geschrieben..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "Passwörter werden geschrieben..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "Standard-Login-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Datei %s wurde nicht vorschriftsmäßig gelesen und wird deshalb nicht geschrieben."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Beim Entfernen von Benutzern ist ein Fehler aufgetreten."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Datei %s wurde nicht vorschriftsmäßig gelesen und wird deshalb nicht geschrieben."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
@@ -4098,17 +4098,17 @@
"Es ist keine Verschlüsselungsunterstützung installiert. Die Home-Verzeichnisse werden NICHT verschlüsselt."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "Beim Festlegen der Weiterleitung für die Email von 'root' ist ein Fehler aufgetreten."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "Für diese Art von Benutzer ist keine Benutzerkennung (UID) verfügbar."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4118,7 +4118,7 @@
"Wählen Sie eine gültige Ganzzahl zwischen %i und %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4127,7 +4127,7 @@
"Möchten Sie sie trotzdem verwenden?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4140,7 +4140,7 @@
"Wollen Sie sie wirklich verwenden?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4152,7 +4152,7 @@
"Möchten Sie den Benutzertyp wirklich auf 'local' einstellen?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4163,7 +4163,7 @@
"da die Kennung kleiner als %i ist.\n"
"Möchten Sie den Benutzertyp wirklich auf 'system' einstellen?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
@@ -4172,7 +4172,7 @@
"Der existierende Benutzername gehört evt. einem NIS oder LDAP Benutzer.\n"
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4183,7 +4183,7 @@
"Versuchen Sie es mit einem anderen Benutzernamen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@
"Doppelpunkt (:) enthalten. Bitte erneut versuchen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4203,7 +4203,7 @@
"Entfernen Sie den Überschuss."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4214,7 +4214,7 @@
"Versuchen Sie es erneut."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4224,7 +4224,7 @@
"Wählen Sie einen anderen Pfad für das Home-Verzeichnis."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4233,7 +4233,7 @@
"Versuchen Sie es erneut."
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4244,7 +4244,7 @@
"Möchten Sie diesen Pfad wirklich verwenden?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4254,7 +4254,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4266,7 +4266,7 @@
"Dieses Verzeichnis verwenden?\n"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4280,7 +4280,7 @@
"Wollen Sie dieses Verzeichnis verwenden?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4289,12 +4289,12 @@
"Diese Shell verwenden?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "Für diese Art von Gruppe ist keine GID verfügbar."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4304,7 +4304,7 @@
"Wählen Sie eine gültige Ganzzahl zwischen %i und %i ."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4313,7 +4313,7 @@
"Möchten Sie sie trotzdem verwenden?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4326,7 +4326,7 @@
"Wollen Sie sie wirklich verwenden?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4338,7 +4338,7 @@
"Möchten Sie den Gruppentyp wirklich auf 'local' einstellen?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4350,7 +4350,7 @@
"Möchten Sie den Gruppentyp wirklich auf 'system' einstellen?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4359,7 +4359,7 @@
"Versuchen Sie es erneut."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4369,7 +4369,7 @@
"Bitte wiederholen Sie die Eingabe."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4382,7 +4382,7 @@
"Bitte erneut versuchen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4392,13 +4392,13 @@
"Gruppennamen und einem vorhandenen Gruppennamen\n"
"Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Gruppennamen."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Benutzer %s ist nicht vorhanden."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4409,7 +4409,7 @@
"als Standardgruppe verwendet wird."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4420,22 +4420,22 @@
"Löschen Sie erst diese Benutzer aus der Gruppe."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Benutzer</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Gruppen</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Anmeldeeinstellungen</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Anwender %1 für automatische Anmeldung konfiguriert"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vm.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-12 13:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Maik Wagner \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
@@ -28,10 +28,12 @@
msgstr "Vorab verteilter Schlüssel für Gateways"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#| msgid "Gateway"
msgid "Gateway IP"
msgstr "Gateway IP"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+#| msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgid "Pre-shared key"
msgstr "Vorab geteilter Schlüssel"
@@ -42,10 +44,12 @@
msgstr "&Anwenden"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+#| msgid "Show &Next"
msgid "Show key"
msgstr "Schlüssel zeigen"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+#| msgid "Certificate key file does not exist."
msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
msgstr "Zertifikat/Schlüsselpaar für Gateways"
@@ -86,24 +90,32 @@
#. Remove the selected EAP user.
#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+#| msgid "Please select a card to delete first."
msgid "Please select a user to delete."
msgstr "Wählen Sie einen zu löschenden Benutzer."
#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
-msgstr "Ein vorab verteilter Schlüssel ist erforderlich. Bitte geben Sie einen vorab verteilten Schlüssel ein."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein vorab verteilter Schlüssel ist erforderlich. Bitte geben Sie einen vorab"
+" verteilten Schlüssel ein."
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed."
msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
-msgstr "Bitte geben Sie sowohl den Pfad der Zertifikatsdatei und den Pfad des Schlüssels an."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte geben Sie sowohl den Pfad der Zertifikatsdatei und den Pfad des"
+" Schlüssels an."
#. Event handlers
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine PEM-verschlüsselte Zertifikatsdatei"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine PEM-verschlüsseltes Zertifikatsschlüsseldatei"
@@ -112,10 +124,12 @@
msgstr "Vorab verteilter Schlüssel für den Gateway"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "Gateway certificate"
msgstr "Gatewayzertifikat"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
msgid "Path to certificate file"
msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei"
@@ -126,6 +140,7 @@
msgstr "Wählen.."
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
msgid "Path to certificate key file"
msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatsschlüsseldatei"
@@ -150,6 +165,7 @@
msgstr "Löschen"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+#| msgid "No Password"
msgid "Show Password"
msgstr "Passwort zeigen"
@@ -159,6 +175,7 @@
#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+#| msgid "Gateway"
msgid "Gateway - PSK"
msgstr "Gateway - PSK"
@@ -169,18 +186,22 @@
msgstr "&Pfad zum Zertifikat"
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+#| msgid "enable LPD clients"
msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
msgstr "Gateway - Mobile Geräte "
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer"
msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
msgstr "Gateway - Windows Clients"
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+#| msgid "Client &Key"
msgid "Client - PSK"
msgstr "Client - PSK"
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+#| msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgid "Client - Certificate"
msgstr "Client-Zertifikat"
@@ -195,6 +216,7 @@
#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310
+#| msgid "Configuration name '%1' is already in use"
msgid "The connection name is already used."
msgstr "Der Konfigurationsname wird bereits verwendet"
@@ -217,12 +239,13 @@
"Sie dürfen nicht zwei laufende Gateways unter einem Szenario haben."
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#| msgid "The server name is already in configured."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "Der Benutername wird bereits verwendet."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr "Kann keine passende Clientverbindung finden."
@@ -237,6 +260,7 @@
msgstr "Globale Konfiguration"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
msgstr "NTP-Daemon aktivieren "
@@ -245,6 +269,7 @@
msgstr "TCP MSS reduzieren"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+#| msgid "All Patches"
msgid "All VPNs"
msgstr "Alle VPNs"
@@ -253,10 +278,12 @@
msgstr "Neuer VPN"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+#| msgid "Delete "
msgid "Delete VPN"
msgstr "VPN Löschen"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+#| msgid "Connection Settings"
msgid "View Connection Status"
msgstr "Verbindungsstatus einsehen"
@@ -264,27 +291,38 @@
#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
-"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible"
+" that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit)"
+" discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth"
+" will be reduced by about 10%."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn Die VPN-Clients Probleme haben, gewisse Internetsites zu betreten, ist es möglich, dass die betroffenen Hosts automatisches Entdecken der MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) aufgrund falscher Firewallkonfiguration verhinden.\n"
-"Senken das TCP-MSS wird die Situation korrigieren. Dennoch, wird die verfügbare Bandbreite um etwa 10% reduziert werden."
+"Wenn Die VPN-Clients Probleme haben, gewisse Internetsites zu betreten, ist"
+" es möglich, dass die betroffenen Hosts automatisches Entdecken der MTU"
+" (Maximum Transmission Unit) aufgrund falscher Firewallkonfiguration"
+" verhinden.\n"
+"Senken das TCP-MSS wird die Situation korrigieren. Dennoch, wird die"
+" verfügbare Bandbreite um etwa 10% reduziert werden."
# #-#-#-#-# printer.de.po (opensuse-de) #-#-#-#-# &W is taken by &Weiter
# 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke-
#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+#| msgid "Select a connection."
msgid "Delete connection"
msgstr "Verbindung löschen"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: "
msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
msgstr "Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie die Verbindung löschen wollen"
#. Check for incomplete configuration
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
-msgstr "Bitte vervollständigen Sie die Konfiguration für die folgenden Verbindungen:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte vervollständigen Sie die Konfiguration für die folgenden Verbindungen:\n"
#. Consider enabling the daemon
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
@@ -297,119 +335,136 @@
#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+#| msgid "Configuration has been successfully saved."
msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
msgstr "Einstellungen wurden erfolgreich angewendet."
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Fehler beim Start des IPSec-Daemons."
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?"
msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
-msgstr "Möchten Sie die Logdateien und den Verbidungsstatus des Daemon einsehen?"
+msgstr ""
+"Möchten Sie die Logdateien und den Verbidungsstatus des Daemon einsehen?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
-msgstr "Bitte geben Sie die Gateway-IP an bevor Sie die Zugangsdaten bearbeiten."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte geben Sie die Gateway-IP an bevor Sie die Zugangsdaten bearbeiten."
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschreibung"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf \"Neues VPN\" um einen Gateway oder Client zu erstellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf \"Neues VPN\" um einen Gateway oder Client zu erstellen."
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr "Alle IPv4-Netzwerk (0.0.0.0/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#| msgid "All networks"
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Alle IPv6 Netzwerke (::/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr "Begrenzte CIRDs, Komma getrennt:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#| msgid "Connection Management"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Verbindungsname:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Gateway (Server)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Client"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Das Szenario lautet"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation mit einem vorab verteilten Schlüssel"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#| msgid "You must select a certificate."
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation mit einem Zertifikat"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr "Zugriff auf folgendes für Android, iOS, Mac OS X Clients geben"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr "Zugriff auf folgendes für Windows 7, Windows 8 Clients geben"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#| msgid "External credentials"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Zugangsdaten bearbeiten"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr "Zugriff für VPN-Clients gewähren auf"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr "Adresspool der Clients (z.B. 192.168.100.0/24)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "Dieser Gateway erfordert Authentifizierung"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Über einen vorab verteilten Schlüssel"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Über ein Zertifikat"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "VPN Gateway IP"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr "Den VPN-Tunnel zum Zugriff auf folgendes wählen"
#. They are however allowed in password
#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+#| msgid "Please enter a password"
msgid "Please enter both username and password."
msgstr "Geben Sie sowohl Benutzername als auch ein Passwort ein"
@@ -418,16 +473,19 @@
"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
msgstr ""
-"Biette sehen Sie davon ab, Sonder- und Leerzeichen im Benutzername zu verwenden.\n"
+"Biette sehen Sie davon ab, Sonder- und Leerzeichen im Benutzername zu"
+" verwenden.\n"
"Akzeptable Zeichen sind: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, Binde- und Unterstrich"
#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+#| msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection"
msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen für die neue VPN-Verbindung ein."
#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+#| msgid "Enter the connection name."
msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
msgstr "Geben Sie einen VPN-Verbindungsnamen an."
@@ -443,24 +501,30 @@
#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
msgid "Path to certificate file:"
msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei:"
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei."
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed."
msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
-msgstr "Bitte speichern Sie den Schlüssel nicht in der Zertifikatsdatei selbst."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte speichern Sie den Schlüssel nicht in der Zertifikatsdatei selbst."
#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed."
msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
msgstr "Bitte geben Sie sowohl Zertifikatsdatei als auch Schlüsseldatei an."
#. Return password string.
#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+#| msgid "Please enter a password"
msgid "Please enter a password."
msgstr "Geben Sie ein Passwort ein."
@@ -470,15 +534,21 @@
msgstr "Die Logs werden automatisch alle 3 Sekunden aktualisiert."
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
msgstr "VPN-Daemon neustarten"
#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+#| msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
msgstr "Neustart des Daemons bestätigen"
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Existing file %1\n"
+#| "can be part of new volume set and it can be rewritten.\n"
+#| "Do you wish to continue?"
msgid ""
"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
"Do you still wish to continue?"
@@ -487,31 +557,37 @@
"Möchten Sie immer noch fortfahren?"
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+#| msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon"
msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
msgstr "Fehler beim Neustart des IPSec Daemons"
#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+#| msgid "Smart is not available for this disk."
msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
msgstr "Status ist nicht verfügbar: Läuft der Deamon?"
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Fehler beim Installieren des IPSec Paketes"
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Fehler beim Starten des IPSec Daemons."
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system."
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
-msgstr "Das Setzen der IP-Weiterleistungseinstellungen mit sysctl schlug fehl. "
+msgstr ""
+"Das Setzen der IP-Weiterleistungseinstellungen mit sysctl schlug fehl. "
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
@@ -519,48 +595,54 @@
"SuSE Firewall ist eingeschaltet aber nicht aktiviert.\n"
"Damit VPN ordentlich funktioniert, wird SuSE Firewall nun aktiviert werden."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Fehler beim Neustart der SuSE-Firewall"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the"
+" configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
"The script is located at %s"
msgstr ""
-"Sowohl der VPN Gateway als auch die Clients benötigen eine besondere SuSE Firewallkonfiguration.\n"
-"SuSE Firewall ist nicht aktiviert. Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie das Konfiguration nach jedem Neustart starten lassen. Das Skript wird nun gestartet.\n"
+"Sowohl der VPN Gateway als auch die Clients benötigen eine besondere SuSE"
+" Firewallkonfiguration.\n"
+"SuSE Firewall ist nicht aktiviert. Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie das"
+" Konfiguration nach jedem Neustart starten lassen. Das Skript wird nun"
+" gestartet.\n"
"Das Skript befindet sich unter %s"
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#| msgid "Global Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Globale Einstellungen für VPN"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "VPN- (IPSec) Daemon aktivieren: %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
-msgstr "TCP MSS reduzieren"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+msgstr "Reduzieren von TCP MSS auf 1024: %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Gateway und Verbindungen"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr "Ein Gateway, der Clients versorgt in "
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr "Ein Client, der sich mit folgendem verbindet"
-#~ msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
-#~ msgstr "Reduzieren von TCP MSS auf 1024: %s"
+
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/wol.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/wol.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/wol.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:36 UTC (rev 96280)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po 2016-08-17 13:01:41 UTC (rev 96281)
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
"Language: \n"